1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 156 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 157 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 158 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 159 if (FoundTypeDecl) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 162 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 } 165 } 166 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 167 return ParsedType(); 168 169 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 170 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 171 // lookup during template instantiation. 172 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 173 174 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 175 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 176 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 177 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 178 179 CXXScopeSpec SS; 180 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 181 182 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 183 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 184 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 185 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 186 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 187 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 188 } 189 190 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 191 /// return the declaration of that type. 192 /// 193 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 194 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 195 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 196 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 197 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 198 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 199 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 200 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 201 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 202 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 203 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 204 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 205 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 206 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 207 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 208 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 209 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 210 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 211 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 212 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 213 214 if (!LookupCtx) { 215 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 216 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 217 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 218 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 219 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 220 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 221 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 222 // 223 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 224 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 225 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 226 return ParsedType(); 227 228 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 229 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 230 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 231 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 232 233 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 234 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 235 II, NameLoc); 236 return ParsedType::make(T); 237 } 238 239 return ParsedType(); 240 } 241 242 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 243 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 244 return ParsedType(); 245 } 246 247 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 248 // lookup for class-names. 249 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 250 LookupOrdinaryName; 251 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 252 if (LookupCtx) { 253 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 254 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 255 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 256 // nested-name-specifier. 257 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 258 259 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 260 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 261 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 262 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 263 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 264 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 265 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 266 LookupName(Result, S); 267 } 268 } else { 269 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 270 LookupName(Result, S); 271 272 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 273 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 274 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 275 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 276 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 277 return TypeInBase; 278 } 279 } 280 281 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 282 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 283 case LookupResult::NotFound: 284 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 285 if (CorrectedII) { 286 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 287 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 288 Kind, S, SS, Validator, 289 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 290 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 291 TemplateTy Template; 292 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 293 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 294 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 295 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 296 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 297 if (SS && NNS) { 298 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 299 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 300 } 301 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 302 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 303 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 304 // is handled elsewhere). 305 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 306 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 307 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 308 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 309 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 310 IsCtorOrDtorName, 311 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 312 if (Ty) { 313 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 314 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 315 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 316 if (SS && NNS) 317 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 318 *CorrectedII = NewII; 319 return Ty; 320 } 321 } 322 } 323 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 324 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 325 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 326 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 327 return ParsedType(); 328 329 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 330 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 331 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 332 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 333 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 334 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 335 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 336 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 337 return ParsedType(); 338 } 339 340 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 341 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 342 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 343 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 344 if (!IIDecl || 345 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 346 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 347 IIDecl = *Res; 348 } 349 } 350 351 if (!IIDecl) { 352 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 353 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 354 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 355 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 356 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 357 // a type name. 358 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 return ParsedType(); 360 } 361 362 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 363 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 364 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 365 // perform the name lookup again. 366 break; 367 368 case LookupResult::Found: 369 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 370 break; 371 } 372 373 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 374 375 QualType T; 376 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 377 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 378 379 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 380 381 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 382 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 383 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 384 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 385 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 386 // Construct a type with type-source information. 387 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 388 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 389 390 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 391 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 392 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 393 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 394 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 395 } else { 396 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 397 } 398 } 399 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 400 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 401 if (!HasTrailingDot) 402 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 403 } 404 405 if (T.isNull()) { 406 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 407 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 408 return ParsedType(); 409 } 410 return ParsedType::make(T); 411 } 412 413 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 414 static NestedNameSpecifier * 415 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 416 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 417 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 418 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 419 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 420 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 421 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 422 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 423 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 424 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 425 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 426 } 427 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 428 } 429 430 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 431 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 432 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 433 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 434 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 435 436 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 437 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 438 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 439 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 440 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 441 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 442 443 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 444 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 445 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 446 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 447 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 448 449 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 450 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 451 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 452 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 453 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 454 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 455 } 456 457 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 458 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 459 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 460 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 461 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 462 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 463 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 464 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 465 LookupName(R, S, false); 466 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 467 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 468 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 469 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 470 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 471 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 472 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 473 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 474 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 475 } 476 } 477 478 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 479 } 480 481 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 482 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 483 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 484 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 485 /// @code 486 /// template<class T> class A { 487 /// public: 488 /// typedef int TYPE; 489 /// }; 490 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 491 /// public: 492 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 493 /// }; 494 /// @endcode 495 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 496 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 497 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 498 499 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 500 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 501 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 502 return true; 503 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 504 } 505 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 506 } 507 508 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 509 SourceLocation IILoc, 510 Scope *S, 511 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 512 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 513 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 514 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 515 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 516 517 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 518 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 519 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 520 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 521 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 522 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 523 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 524 // We corrected to a keyword. 525 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 526 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 527 } else { 528 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 529 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 530 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 531 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 532 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 533 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 534 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 535 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 536 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 537 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 538 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 539 } else { 540 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 541 } 542 543 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 544 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 545 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 546 SourceRange(IILoc)); 547 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 548 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 549 false, ParsedType(), 550 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 551 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 552 } 553 return; 554 } 555 556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 557 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 558 UnqualifiedId Name; 559 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 560 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 561 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 562 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 563 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 564 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 565 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 566 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 567 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 568 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 569 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 570 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 571 } 572 return; 573 } 574 } 575 576 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 577 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 578 579 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 580 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 581 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 582 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 583 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 584 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 585 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 586 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 587 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 588 589 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 590 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 591 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 592 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 593 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 594 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 595 } else { 596 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 597 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 598 } 599 } 600 601 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 602 /// or 603 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 604 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 605 NextToken.is(tok::less); 606 607 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 608 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 609 return true; 610 611 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 612 return true; 613 } 614 615 return false; 616 } 617 618 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 619 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 620 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 621 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 622 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 623 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 624 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 625 StringRef FixItTagName; 626 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 627 case TTK_Class: 628 FixItTagName = "class "; 629 break; 630 631 case TTK_Enum: 632 FixItTagName = "enum "; 633 break; 634 635 case TTK_Struct: 636 FixItTagName = "struct "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Interface: 640 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Union: 644 FixItTagName = "union "; 645 break; 646 } 647 648 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 649 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 650 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 651 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 652 653 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 654 I != IEnd; ++I) 655 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 656 << Name << TagName; 657 658 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 659 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 660 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 668 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 671 672 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 673 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 674 675 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 676 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 677 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 678 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 679 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 680 } 681 682 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 683 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 684 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 685 SourceLocation NameLoc, 686 const Token &NextToken, 687 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 688 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 689 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 690 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 691 692 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 693 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 694 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 695 } 696 697 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 698 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 699 700 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 701 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 702 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 703 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 704 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 705 return TypeInBase; 706 } 707 708 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 709 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 710 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 711 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 712 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 713 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 714 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 715 return E; 716 } 717 718 bool SecondTry = false; 719 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 720 721 Corrected: 722 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 723 case LookupResult::NotFound: 724 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 725 // call. 726 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 727 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 728 // FIXME: Reference? 729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 730 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 731 732 // C90 6.3.2.2: 733 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 734 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 735 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 736 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 737 // the function call, the declaration 738 // 739 // extern int identifier (); 740 // 741 // appeared. 742 // 743 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 744 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 745 Result.addDecl(D); 746 Result.resolveKind(); 747 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 748 } 749 } 750 751 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 752 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 753 // "struct", or "union". 754 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 755 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 756 break; 757 } 758 759 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 760 // close to this name. 761 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 762 SecondTry = true; 763 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 764 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 765 &SS, *CCC, 766 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 767 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 768 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 769 770 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 771 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 772 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 774 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 775 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 776 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 777 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 778 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 779 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 780 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 783 } 784 785 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 786 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 787 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 788 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 789 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 790 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 791 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 792 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 793 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 794 } 795 796 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 797 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 798 799 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 800 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 801 return Name; 802 803 // Also update the LookupResult... 804 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 805 Result.clear(); 806 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 807 if (FirstDecl) 808 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 809 810 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 811 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 812 // reference the ivar. 813 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 814 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 815 Result.clear(); 816 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 817 return E; 818 } 819 820 goto Corrected; 821 } 822 } 823 824 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 825 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 826 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 827 828 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 829 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 830 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 831 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 832 833 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 834 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 835 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 836 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 837 // qualified by the keyword typename. 838 // 839 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 840 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 841 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 842 // keyword here. 843 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 844 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 845 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 846 } 847 848 case LookupResult::Found: 849 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 850 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 851 break; 852 853 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 855 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 856 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 857 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 858 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 859 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 860 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 861 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 862 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 863 // ambiguous. 864 // 865 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 866 // so try again after filtering out template names. 867 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 868 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 869 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 870 break; 871 } 872 } 873 874 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 875 return NameClassification::Error(); 876 } 877 878 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 879 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 880 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 881 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 882 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 883 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 884 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 885 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 886 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 887 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 888 889 if (!Result.empty()) { 890 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 891 bool IsVarTemplate; 892 TemplateName Template; 893 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 894 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 895 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 896 Result.end()); 897 } else { 898 TemplateDecl *TD 899 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 900 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 901 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 902 903 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 904 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 905 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 906 TD); 907 else 908 Template = TemplateName(TD); 909 } 910 911 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 912 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 913 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 914 // to based on which function we selected. 915 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 916 917 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 918 } 919 920 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 921 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 922 } 923 } 924 925 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 926 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 927 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 928 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 929 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 930 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 931 return ParsedType::make(T); 932 } 933 934 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 935 if (!Class) { 936 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 937 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 938 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 939 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 940 } 941 942 if (Class) { 943 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 944 945 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 946 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 947 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 948 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 949 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 950 } 951 952 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 953 return ParsedType::make(T); 954 } 955 956 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 957 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 958 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 959 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 960 961 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 962 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 963 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 964 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 965 (NextIsOp && 966 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 967 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 968 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 969 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 970 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 971 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 972 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 973 return ParsedType::make(T); 974 } 975 976 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 977 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 978 nullptr); 979 980 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 981 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 982 } 983 984 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 985 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 986 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 987 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 988 989 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 990 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 991 // the context we'll need to return to. 992 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 993 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 994 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 995 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 996 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 997 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 998 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 999 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1000 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1001 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1002 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1003 1004 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1005 // lexical context. 1006 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1007 return DC; 1008 1009 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1010 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1011 // class is the context we need to return to. 1012 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1013 DC = RD; 1014 1015 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1016 // declared in. 1017 return DC; 1018 } 1019 1020 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1021 } 1022 1023 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1024 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1025 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1026 CurContext = DC; 1027 S->setEntity(DC); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1031 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1032 1033 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1034 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1035 } 1036 1037 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1038 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1039 /// 1040 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1041 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1042 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1043 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1044 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1045 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1046 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1047 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1048 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1049 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1050 // namespace. 1051 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1052 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1053 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1054 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1055 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1056 1057 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1058 1059 #ifndef NDEBUG 1060 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1061 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1062 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1063 #endif 1064 1065 CurContext = DC; 1066 S->setEntity(DC); 1067 } 1068 1069 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1070 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1071 1072 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1073 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1074 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1075 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1076 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1077 1078 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1079 // disappear. 1080 } 1081 1082 1083 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1084 // We assume that the caller has already called 1085 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1086 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1087 if (!FD) 1088 return; 1089 1090 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1091 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1092 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1093 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1094 CurContext = FD; 1095 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1096 1097 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1098 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1099 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1100 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1101 S->AddDecl(Param); 1102 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1103 } 1104 } 1105 } 1106 1107 1108 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1109 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1110 // rather than the top-level class. 1111 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1112 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1113 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1114 } 1115 1116 1117 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1118 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1119 /// 1120 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1121 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1122 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1123 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1124 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1125 /// attribute. 1126 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1127 ASTContext &Context) { 1128 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1129 return true; 1130 1131 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1135 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1136 } 1137 1138 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1139 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1140 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1141 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1142 // scope. 1143 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1144 S = S->getParent(); 1145 1146 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1147 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1148 // into any context. 1149 if (AddToContext) 1150 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1151 1152 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1153 // are function-local declarations. 1154 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1155 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1156 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1157 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1158 return; 1159 1160 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1161 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1162 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1163 return; 1164 1165 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1166 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1167 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1168 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1169 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1170 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1171 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1172 1173 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1174 break; 1175 } 1176 } 1177 1178 S->AddDecl(D); 1179 1180 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1181 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1182 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1183 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1184 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1185 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1186 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1187 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1188 continue; 1189 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1190 break; 1191 } 1192 1193 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1194 } else { 1195 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1196 } 1197 } 1198 1199 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1200 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1201 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1202 } 1203 1204 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1205 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1206 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1207 } 1208 1209 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1210 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1211 do { 1212 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1213 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1214 return S; 1215 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1216 1217 return nullptr; 1218 } 1219 1220 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1221 DeclContext*, 1222 ASTContext&); 1223 1224 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1225 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1226 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1227 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1228 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1229 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1230 while (F.hasNext()) { 1231 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1232 1233 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1234 continue; 1235 1236 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1237 continue; 1238 1239 F.erase(); 1240 } 1241 1242 F.done(); 1243 } 1244 1245 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1246 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1247 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1248 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1249 } 1250 1251 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1252 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1253 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1254 while (F.hasNext()) 1255 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1256 F.erase(); 1257 1258 F.done(); 1259 } 1260 1261 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1262 /// @code 1263 /// class S { 1264 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1265 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1266 /// }; 1267 /// @endcode 1268 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1269 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1270 // the decl here. 1271 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1272 return false; 1273 1274 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1275 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1276 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1277 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1278 return false; 1279 } 1280 1281 // We need this to handle 1282 // 1283 // typedef struct { 1284 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1285 // } A; 1286 // 1287 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1288 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1289 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1290 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1291 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1292 // not. 1293 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1294 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1295 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1296 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1297 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1298 return true; 1299 } 1300 DC = DC->getParent(); 1301 } 1302 1303 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1304 } 1305 1306 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1307 // these semantics. 1308 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1309 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1310 return false; 1311 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1312 } 1313 1314 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1315 assert(D); 1316 1317 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1318 return false; 1319 1320 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1321 // of members of class templates. 1322 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1323 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1324 return false; 1325 1326 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1327 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1328 return false; 1329 1330 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1331 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1332 return false; 1333 } else { 1334 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1335 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1336 return false; 1337 } 1338 1339 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1340 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1341 return false; 1342 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1343 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1344 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1345 // like "inline".) 1346 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1347 return false; 1348 1349 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1350 return false; 1351 1352 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1353 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1354 return false; 1355 } else { 1356 return false; 1357 } 1358 1359 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1360 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1361 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1362 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1363 } 1364 1365 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1366 if (!D) 1367 return; 1368 1369 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1370 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1371 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1372 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1373 } 1374 1375 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1376 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1377 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1378 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1379 } 1380 1381 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1382 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1383 } 1384 1385 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1386 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1390 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1394 return true; 1395 1396 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1397 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1398 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1399 return false; 1400 1401 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1402 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1403 1404 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1405 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1406 1407 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1408 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1409 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1410 return false; 1411 } 1412 1413 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1414 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1415 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1416 return false; 1417 1418 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1419 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1420 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1421 return false; 1422 1423 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1424 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1425 return false; 1426 1427 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1428 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1429 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1430 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1431 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1432 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1433 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1434 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1435 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1436 return false; 1437 } 1438 } 1439 } 1440 } 1441 1442 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1443 } 1444 1445 return true; 1446 } 1447 1448 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1449 FixItHint &Hint) { 1450 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1451 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1452 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1453 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1454 return; 1455 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1456 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1457 } 1458 return; 1459 } 1460 1461 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1462 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1463 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1464 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1465 return; 1466 1467 FixItHint Hint; 1468 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1469 1470 unsigned DiagID; 1471 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1472 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1473 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1474 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1475 else 1476 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1477 1478 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1479 } 1480 1481 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1482 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1483 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1484 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1485 if (L->getStmt() == nullptr) 1486 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1487 } 1488 1489 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1490 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1491 1492 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1493 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1494 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1495 1496 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1497 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1498 1499 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1500 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1501 1502 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1503 1504 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1505 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1506 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1507 1508 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1509 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1510 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1511 1512 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1513 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1518 /// 1519 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1520 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1521 /// to the fixed name. 1522 /// 1523 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1524 /// 1525 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1526 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1527 /// 1528 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1529 /// class could not be found. 1530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1531 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1532 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1533 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1534 // creation from this context. 1535 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1536 1537 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1538 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1539 // find an Objective-C class name. 1540 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1541 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1542 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1543 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1544 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1545 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1546 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1550 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1551 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1552 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1553 return Def; 1554 } 1555 1556 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1557 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1558 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1559 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1560 /// ill-formed in C++: 1561 /// @code 1562 /// struct S6 { 1563 /// enum { BAR } e; 1564 /// }; 1565 /// 1566 /// void test_S6() { 1567 /// struct S6 a; 1568 /// a.e = BAR; 1569 /// } 1570 /// @endcode 1571 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1572 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1573 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1574 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1575 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1576 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1577 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1578 /// contain non-field names. 1579 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1580 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1581 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1582 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1583 S = S->getParent(); 1584 return S; 1585 } 1586 1587 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1588 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1589 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1590 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1591 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1592 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1593 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1594 return; 1595 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1596 1597 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1598 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1599 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1600 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1601 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1602 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1603 } 1604 1605 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1606 switch (Error) { 1607 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1608 return ""; 1609 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1610 return "stdio.h"; 1611 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1612 return "setjmp.h"; 1613 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1614 return "ucontext.h"; 1615 } 1616 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1617 } 1618 1619 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1620 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1621 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1622 /// built-in. 1623 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1624 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1625 SourceLocation Loc) { 1626 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1627 1628 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1629 1630 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1631 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1632 if (Error) { 1633 if (ForRedeclaration) 1634 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1635 << getHeaderName(Error) 1636 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1637 return nullptr; 1638 } 1639 1640 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1641 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1642 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1643 << R; 1644 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1645 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1646 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1647 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1648 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1649 } 1650 1651 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1653 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1654 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1655 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1656 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1657 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1658 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1659 } 1660 1661 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1662 Parent, 1663 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1664 SC_Extern, 1665 false, 1666 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1667 New->setImplicit(); 1668 1669 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1670 // FunctionDecl. 1671 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1672 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1673 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1674 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1675 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1676 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1677 SC_None, nullptr); 1678 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1679 Params.push_back(parm); 1680 } 1681 New->setParams(Params); 1682 } 1683 1684 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1685 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1686 1687 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1688 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1689 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1690 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1691 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1692 CurContext = Parent; 1693 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1694 CurContext = SavedContext; 1695 return New; 1696 } 1697 1698 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1699 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1700 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1701 /// entity. 1702 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1703 NamedDecl *decl, 1704 LookupResult &previous){ 1705 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1706 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1707 return; 1708 1709 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1710 if (previous.empty()) 1711 return; 1712 1713 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1714 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1715 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1716 1717 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1718 if (!old->isHidden()) 1719 continue; 1720 1721 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1722 filter.erase(); 1723 } 1724 1725 filter.done(); 1726 } 1727 1728 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1729 /// entity if their types are the same. 1730 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1731 /// isSameEntity. 1732 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1733 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1734 LookupResult &Previous) { 1735 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1736 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1737 return; 1738 1739 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1740 if (Previous.empty()) 1741 return; 1742 1743 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1744 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1745 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1746 1747 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1748 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1749 continue; 1750 1751 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1752 // different linkages. 1753 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1754 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1755 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1756 continue; 1757 1758 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1759 Filter.erase(); 1760 } 1761 1762 Filter.done(); 1763 } 1764 1765 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1766 QualType OldType; 1767 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1768 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1769 else 1770 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1771 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1772 1773 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1774 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1775 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1776 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1777 << Kind << NewType; 1778 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1779 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1780 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1781 return true; 1782 } 1783 1784 if (OldType != NewType && 1785 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1786 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1787 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1788 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1789 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1790 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1791 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1793 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1794 return true; 1795 } 1796 return false; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1800 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1801 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1802 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1803 /// 1804 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1805 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1806 // merging checks. 1807 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1808 1809 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1810 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1811 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1812 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1813 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1814 default: break; 1815 case 2: 1816 { 1817 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1818 break; 1819 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1820 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1821 break; 1822 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1823 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1824 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1825 break; 1826 } 1827 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1828 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1829 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1830 return; 1831 } 1832 case 5: 1833 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1834 break; 1835 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1836 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1837 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1838 return; 1839 case 3: 1840 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1841 break; 1842 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1843 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1844 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1845 return; 1846 } 1847 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1848 } 1849 1850 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1851 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1852 if (!Old) { 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1854 << New->getDeclName(); 1855 1856 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1857 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1858 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1859 1860 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1861 } 1862 1863 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1864 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1865 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1866 1867 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1868 // with any extensions enabled. 1869 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1870 return; 1871 1872 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1873 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1874 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1875 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1876 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1877 } 1878 1879 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1880 return; 1881 1882 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1883 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1884 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1885 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1886 // to the type to which it already refers. 1887 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1888 return; 1889 1890 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1891 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1892 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1893 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1894 // 1895 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1896 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1897 // 1898 // struct S { 1899 // typedef struct A { } A; 1900 // }; 1901 // 1902 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1903 // allow the above but disallow 1904 // 1905 // struct S { 1906 // typedef int I; 1907 // typedef int I; 1908 // }; 1909 // 1910 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1911 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1912 return; 1913 1914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1915 << New->getDeclName(); 1916 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1917 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1918 } 1919 1920 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1921 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1922 return; 1923 1924 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1925 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1926 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1927 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1928 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1929 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1930 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1931 return; 1932 1933 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1934 << New->getDeclName(); 1935 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1936 return; 1937 } 1938 1939 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1940 /// attribute. 1941 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1942 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1943 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1944 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1945 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1946 if (Ann) { 1947 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1948 return true; 1949 continue; 1950 } 1951 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1952 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1953 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1954 return true; 1955 } 1956 1957 return false; 1958 } 1959 1960 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1961 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1962 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1963 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1964 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1965 return true; 1966 } 1967 1968 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1969 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1970 /// 1971 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1972 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1973 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1974 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1975 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1976 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 1977 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1978 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1979 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1980 // in a case like: 1981 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1982 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1983 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1984 // definition in such a case. 1985 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1986 return false; 1987 1988 if (I->isAlignas()) 1989 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1990 1991 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1992 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1993 OldAlign = Align; 1994 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1995 } 1996 } 1997 1998 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1999 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2000 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2001 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2002 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2003 return false; 2004 2005 if (I->isAlignas()) 2006 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2007 2008 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2009 if (Align > NewAlign) 2010 NewAlign = Align; 2011 } 2012 2013 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2014 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2015 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2016 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2017 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2018 2019 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2020 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2021 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2022 QualType Ty; 2023 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2024 Ty = VD->getType(); 2025 else 2026 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2027 2028 if (OldAlign == 0) 2029 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2030 if (NewAlign == 0) 2031 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2032 } 2033 2034 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2035 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2036 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2037 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2038 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2039 } 2040 } 2041 2042 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2043 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2044 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2045 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2046 // equivalent alignment. 2047 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2048 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2049 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2050 // have no alignment specifier. 2051 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2052 << OldAlignasAttr; 2053 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2054 << OldAlignasAttr; 2055 } 2056 2057 bool AnyAdded = false; 2058 2059 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2060 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2061 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2062 Clone->setInherited(true); 2063 New->addAttr(Clone); 2064 AnyAdded = true; 2065 } 2066 2067 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2068 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2069 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2070 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2071 Clone->setInherited(true); 2072 New->addAttr(Clone); 2073 AnyAdded = true; 2074 } 2075 2076 return AnyAdded; 2077 } 2078 2079 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2080 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2081 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2082 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2083 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2084 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2085 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2086 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2087 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2088 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2089 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2090 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2091 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2092 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2093 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2094 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2095 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2096 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2097 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2098 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2099 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2100 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2101 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2102 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2103 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2104 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2105 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2106 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2107 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2108 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2109 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2110 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2111 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2112 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2113 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2114 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2115 NewAttr = nullptr; 2116 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2117 NewAttr = nullptr; 2118 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2119 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2120 2121 if (NewAttr) { 2122 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2123 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2124 return true; 2125 } 2126 2127 return false; 2128 } 2129 2130 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2131 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2132 return TD->getDefinition(); 2133 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2134 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2135 if (Def) 2136 return Def; 2137 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2138 } 2139 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2140 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2141 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2142 return Def; 2143 } 2144 return nullptr; 2145 } 2146 2147 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2148 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2149 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2150 return true; 2151 return false; 2152 } 2153 2154 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2155 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2156 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2157 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2158 return; 2159 2160 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2161 if (!Def || Def == New) 2162 return; 2163 2164 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2165 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2166 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2167 2168 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2169 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2170 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2171 else { 2172 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2173 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2174 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2175 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2176 : diag::err_redefinition; 2177 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2178 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2179 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2180 } 2181 ++I; 2182 continue; 2183 } 2184 2185 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2186 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2187 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2188 ++I; 2189 continue; 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2194 ++I; 2195 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2196 } 2197 2198 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2199 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2200 ++I; 2201 continue; 2202 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2203 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2204 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2205 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2206 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2207 // equivalent alignment. 2208 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2209 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2210 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2211 // have no alignment specifier. 2212 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2213 << AA; 2214 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2215 << AA; 2216 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2217 --E; 2218 continue; 2219 } 2220 } 2221 2222 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2223 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2224 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2225 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2226 --E; 2227 } 2228 } 2229 2230 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2231 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2232 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2233 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2234 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2235 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2236 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2237 } 2238 2239 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2240 return; 2241 2242 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2243 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2244 2245 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2246 return; 2247 2248 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2249 2250 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2251 // we process them. 2252 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2253 2254 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2255 bool Override = false; 2256 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2257 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2258 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2259 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2260 switch (AMK) { 2261 case AMK_None: 2262 continue; 2263 2264 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2265 break; 2266 2267 case AMK_Override: 2268 Override = true; 2269 break; 2270 } 2271 } 2272 2273 // Already handled. 2274 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2275 continue; 2276 2277 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2278 foundAny = true; 2279 } 2280 2281 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2282 foundAny = true; 2283 2284 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2285 } 2286 2287 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2288 /// to the new one. 2289 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2290 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2291 Sema &S) { 2292 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2293 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2294 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2295 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2296 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2297 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2298 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2299 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2300 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2301 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2302 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2303 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2304 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2305 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2306 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2307 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2308 } 2309 2310 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2311 return; 2312 2313 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2314 2315 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2316 // done before we process them. 2317 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2318 2319 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2320 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2321 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2322 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2323 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2324 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2325 foundAny = true; 2326 } 2327 } 2328 2329 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2330 } 2331 2332 namespace { 2333 2334 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2335 /// C. 2336 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2337 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2338 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2339 QualType PromotedType; 2340 }; 2341 2342 } 2343 2344 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2345 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2346 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2347 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2348 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2349 2350 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2351 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2352 2353 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2354 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2355 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2356 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2357 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2358 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2359 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2360 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2361 } 2362 2363 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2364 } 2365 2366 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2367 // declaration, or a declaration. 2368 template <typename T> 2369 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2370 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2371 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2372 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2373 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2374 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2375 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2376 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2377 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2378 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2379 } else 2380 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2381 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2382 } 2383 2384 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2385 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2386 /// GNU89 mode. 2387 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2388 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2389 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2390 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2391 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2392 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2393 } 2394 2395 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2396 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2397 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2398 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2399 return AT; 2400 } 2401 2402 template <typename T> 2403 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2404 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2405 if (DC->isRecord()) 2406 return false; 2407 2408 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2409 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2410 return true; 2411 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2412 return true; 2413 return false; 2414 } 2415 2416 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2417 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2418 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2419 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2420 /// 2421 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2422 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2423 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2424 /// merged with. 2425 /// 2426 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2427 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2428 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2429 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2430 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2431 if (!Old) { 2432 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2433 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2434 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2435 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2436 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2437 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2438 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2439 return true; 2440 } 2441 2442 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2443 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2444 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2445 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2446 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2447 2448 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2449 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2450 if (Old && 2451 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2452 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2453 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2454 Old = nullptr; 2455 2456 if (!Old) { 2457 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2458 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2459 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2460 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2461 return true; 2462 } 2463 OldD = Old; 2464 } else { 2465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2466 << New->getDeclName(); 2467 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2468 return true; 2469 } 2470 } 2471 2472 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2473 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2474 return true; 2475 2476 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2477 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2478 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2479 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2480 2481 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2482 // is an extern inline function. 2483 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2484 // storage classes. 2485 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2486 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2487 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2488 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2489 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2490 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2491 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2492 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2493 } else { 2494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2495 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2496 return true; 2497 } 2498 } 2499 2500 2501 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2502 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2503 // convention of the first. 2504 // 2505 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2506 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2507 // 2508 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2509 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2510 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2511 // 2512 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2513 // other tests to run. 2514 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2515 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2516 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2517 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2518 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2519 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2520 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2521 2522 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2523 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2524 const FunctionType *FT = 2525 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2526 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2527 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2528 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2529 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2530 // there but not here. 2531 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2532 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2533 } else { 2534 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2535 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2537 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2538 << !FirstCCExplicit 2539 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2540 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2541 2542 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2543 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2544 return true; 2545 } 2546 } 2547 2548 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2549 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2550 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2551 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2552 } 2553 2554 // Merge regparm attribute. 2555 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2556 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2557 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2558 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2559 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2560 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2561 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2562 return true; 2563 } 2564 2565 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2566 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2567 } 2568 2569 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2570 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2571 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2572 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2573 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2574 return true; 2575 } 2576 2577 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2578 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2579 } 2580 2581 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2582 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2583 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2584 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2585 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2586 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2587 } 2588 2589 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2590 // UndefinedButUsed. 2591 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2592 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2593 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2594 Old->isUsed(false) && 2595 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2596 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2597 SourceLocation())); 2598 2599 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2600 // about it. 2601 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2602 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2603 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2604 } 2605 2606 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2607 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2608 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2609 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2610 // cannot be overloaded. 2611 2612 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2613 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2614 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2615 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2616 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2617 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2618 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2619 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2620 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2621 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2622 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2623 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2624 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2625 QualType ResQT; 2626 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2627 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2628 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2629 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2630 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2631 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2632 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2633 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2635 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2636 else 2637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2638 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2639 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2640 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2641 return true; 2642 } 2643 else 2644 NewQType = ResQT; 2645 } 2646 2647 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2648 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2649 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2650 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2651 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2652 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2653 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2654 New->setType( 2655 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2656 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2657 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2658 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2659 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2660 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2661 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2662 } 2663 } 2664 2665 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2666 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2667 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2668 // Preserve triviality. 2669 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2670 2671 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2672 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2673 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2674 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2675 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2676 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2677 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2678 2679 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2680 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2681 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2682 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2683 // is a static member function declaration. 2684 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2686 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2687 return true; 2688 } 2689 2690 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2691 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2692 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2693 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2694 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2695 unsigned NewDiag; 2696 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2697 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2698 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2699 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2700 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2701 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2702 else 2703 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2704 2705 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2706 } else { 2707 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2708 << New << New->getType(); 2709 } 2710 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2711 2712 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2713 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2714 // 2715 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2716 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2717 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2718 if (isFriend) { 2719 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2720 } else { 2721 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2722 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2723 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2724 return true; 2725 } 2726 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2727 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2728 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2729 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2730 return true; 2731 } 2732 } 2733 2734 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2735 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2736 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2737 // attribute. 2738 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2739 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2740 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2741 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2742 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2743 } 2744 2745 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2746 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2747 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2748 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2749 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2750 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2751 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2752 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2753 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2754 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2755 } 2756 2757 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2758 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2759 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2760 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2761 2762 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2763 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2764 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2765 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2766 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2767 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2768 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2769 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2770 } 2771 2772 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2773 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2774 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2775 // 2776 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2777 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2778 // linkage within class scope. 2779 // 2780 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2781 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2782 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2783 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2784 } else { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2786 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2787 return true; 2788 } 2789 } 2790 2791 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2792 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2793 2794 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2795 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2796 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2797 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2798 // when we instantiate the function. 2799 return false; 2800 } 2801 2802 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2803 } 2804 2805 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2806 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2807 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2808 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2809 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2810 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2811 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2812 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2813 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2814 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2815 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2816 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2817 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2818 NewQType = 2819 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2820 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2821 New->setType(NewQType); 2822 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2823 2824 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2825 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2826 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2827 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2828 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2829 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2830 SC_None, nullptr); 2831 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2832 Param->setImplicit(); 2833 Params.push_back(Param); 2834 } 2835 2836 New->setParams(Params); 2837 } 2838 2839 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2840 } 2841 2842 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2843 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2844 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2845 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2846 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2847 // the prototype. 2848 // 2849 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2850 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2851 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2852 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2853 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2854 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2855 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2856 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2857 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2858 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2859 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2860 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2861 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2862 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2863 2864 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2865 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2866 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2867 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2868 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2869 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2870 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2871 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2872 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2873 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2874 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2875 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2876 NewParm->getType(), 2877 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2878 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2879 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2880 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2881 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2882 } else 2883 LooseCompatible = false; 2884 } 2885 2886 if (LooseCompatible) { 2887 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2888 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2889 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2890 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2891 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2892 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2893 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2894 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2895 } 2896 2897 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2898 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2899 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2900 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2901 } 2902 2903 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2904 } 2905 2906 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2907 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2908 2909 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2910 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2911 unsigned BuiltinID; 2912 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2913 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2914 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2915 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2916 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2917 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2918 << Old << Old->getType(); 2919 2920 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2921 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2922 // 2923 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2924 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2925 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2926 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2927 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2928 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2929 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2930 2931 return false; 2932 } 2933 2934 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2935 } 2936 2937 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2938 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2939 return true; 2940 } 2941 2942 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2943 /// known to be compatible. 2944 /// 2945 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2946 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2947 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2948 /// redeclaration of Old. 2949 /// 2950 /// \returns false 2951 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2952 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2953 // Merge the attributes 2954 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2955 2956 // Merge "pure" flag. 2957 if (Old->isPure()) 2958 New->setPure(); 2959 2960 // Merge "used" flag. 2961 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2962 New->setIsUsed(); 2963 2964 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2965 // declarations. 2966 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2967 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2968 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2969 *this); 2970 2971 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2972 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2973 2974 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2975 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2976 // was visible. 2977 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2978 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2979 New->setType(Merged); 2980 2981 return false; 2982 } 2983 2984 2985 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2986 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2987 2988 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2989 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2990 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2991 : AMK_Override; 2992 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2993 2994 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2995 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2996 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2997 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2998 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2999 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3000 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3001 3002 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3003 } 3004 3005 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3006 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3007 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3008 /// 3009 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3010 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3011 /// is attached. 3012 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3013 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3014 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3015 return; 3016 3017 QualType MergedT; 3018 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3019 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3020 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3021 return; 3022 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3023 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3024 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3025 } 3026 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3027 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3028 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3029 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3030 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3031 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3032 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3033 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3034 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3035 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3036 NewArray->getElementType())) 3037 MergedT = New->getType(); 3038 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3039 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3040 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3041 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3042 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3043 NewArray->getElementType())) 3044 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3045 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3046 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3047 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3048 Old->getType()); 3049 } 3050 } else { 3051 // C 6.2.7p2: 3052 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3053 // compatible type. 3054 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3055 } 3056 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3057 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3058 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3059 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3060 // equivalent. 3061 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3062 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3063 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3064 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3065 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3066 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3067 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3068 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3069 return; 3070 } 3071 3072 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3073 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3074 // 3075 // extern int arr[]; 3076 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3077 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3078 // 3079 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3080 // to diagnose it. 3081 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3082 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3083 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3084 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3085 } 3086 3087 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3088 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3089 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3090 New->setType(MergedT); 3091 } 3092 3093 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3094 LookupResult &Previous) { 3095 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3096 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3097 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3098 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3099 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3100 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3101 // 3102 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3103 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3104 return false; 3105 3106 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3107 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3108 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3109 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3110 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3111 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3112 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3113 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3114 } else { 3115 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3116 // type unless we're in the same function. 3117 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3118 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3119 } 3120 } 3121 3122 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3123 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3124 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3125 /// 3126 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3127 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3128 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3129 /// 3130 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3131 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3132 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3133 return; 3134 3135 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3136 3137 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3138 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3139 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3140 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3141 if (NewTemplate) { 3142 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3143 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3144 } else 3145 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3146 } 3147 if (!Old) { 3148 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3149 << New->getDeclName(); 3150 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3151 diag::note_previous_definition); 3152 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3153 } 3154 3155 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3156 return; 3157 3158 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3159 if (NewTemplate && 3160 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3161 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3162 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3163 return; 3164 3165 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3166 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3167 // 3168 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3169 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3170 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3171 << New->getIdentifier(); 3172 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3173 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3174 } 3175 3176 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3177 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3178 // declaration 3179 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3180 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3181 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3182 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3183 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3184 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3185 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3186 } 3187 3188 // Merge the types. 3189 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3190 3191 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3192 return; 3193 3194 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3195 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3196 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3197 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3198 3199 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3200 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3201 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3202 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3203 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3205 << New->getDeclName(); 3206 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3207 } else { 3208 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3209 << New->getDeclName(); 3210 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3211 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3212 } 3213 } 3214 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3215 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3216 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3217 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3218 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3219 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3220 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3221 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3222 // identifier has external linkage. 3223 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3224 /* Okay */; 3225 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3226 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3227 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3229 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3230 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3231 } 3232 3233 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3234 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3235 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3237 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3238 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3239 } 3240 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3241 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3242 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3243 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3244 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3245 } 3246 3247 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3248 3249 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3250 // need to check for mismatches. 3251 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3252 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3253 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3254 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3256 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3257 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3258 } 3259 3260 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3261 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3262 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3263 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3264 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3265 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3266 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3267 } else { 3268 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3269 // static and dynamic initialization. 3270 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3271 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3272 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3273 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3274 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3275 } 3276 } 3277 3278 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3279 const VarDecl *Def; 3280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3281 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3282 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3283 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3284 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3285 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3286 return; 3287 } 3288 3289 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3290 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3291 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3292 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3293 return; 3294 } 3295 3296 // Merge "used" flag. 3297 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3298 New->setIsUsed(); 3299 3300 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3301 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3302 if (NewTemplate) 3303 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3304 3305 // Inherit access appropriately. 3306 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3307 if (NewTemplate) 3308 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3309 } 3310 3311 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3312 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3313 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3314 DeclSpec &DS) { 3315 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3316 } 3317 3318 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3319 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3320 return; 3321 3322 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3323 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3324 // it is anonymous. 3325 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3326 return; 3327 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3328 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3329 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3330 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3331 return; 3332 } 3333 3334 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3335 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3336 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3337 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3338 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3339 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3340 Tag, 3341 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3342 } 3343 } 3344 3345 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3346 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3347 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3348 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3349 DeclSpec &DS, 3350 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3351 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3352 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3353 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3354 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3355 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3356 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3357 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3358 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3359 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3360 3361 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3362 return nullptr; 3363 3364 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3365 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3366 // it's a Type. 3367 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3368 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3369 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3370 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3371 } 3372 3373 if (Tag) { 3374 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3375 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3376 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3377 return Tag; 3378 } 3379 3380 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3381 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3382 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3383 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3384 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3385 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3386 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3387 } 3388 3389 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3390 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3391 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3392 if (Tag) 3393 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3394 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3395 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3396 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3397 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3398 else 3399 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3400 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3401 return TagD; 3402 } 3403 3404 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3405 3406 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3407 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3408 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3409 if (TagD && !Tag) 3410 return nullptr; 3411 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3412 } 3413 3414 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3415 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3416 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3417 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3418 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3419 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3420 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3421 // or an explicit specialization. 3422 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3423 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3424 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3425 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3426 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3427 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3428 << SS.getRange(); 3429 return nullptr; 3430 } 3431 3432 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3433 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3434 3435 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3436 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3437 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3438 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3439 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3440 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3441 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3442 3443 DeclaresAnything = false; 3444 } 3445 } 3446 3447 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3448 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3449 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3450 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3451 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3452 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3453 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3454 // struct STRUCT; 3455 // union UNION; 3456 // and 3457 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3458 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3459 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3460 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3461 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3462 if (Tag) 3463 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3464 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3465 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3466 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3467 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3468 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3469 3470 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3471 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3472 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3473 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3474 } 3475 3476 DeclaresAnything = false; 3477 } 3478 } 3479 3480 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3481 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3482 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3483 return TagD; 3484 3485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3486 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3487 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3488 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3489 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3490 DeclaresAnything = false; 3491 3492 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3493 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3494 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3495 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3496 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3497 else 3498 DeclaresAnything = false; 3499 } 3500 3501 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3502 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3503 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3504 << Tag->getTagKind() 3505 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3506 3507 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3508 3509 // C 6.7/2: 3510 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3511 // or the members of an enumeration. 3512 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3513 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3514 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3515 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3516 // previous declaration. 3517 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3518 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3519 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3520 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3521 return TagD; 3522 } 3523 3524 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3525 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3526 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3527 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3528 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3529 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3530 // 3531 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3532 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3533 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3534 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3535 3536 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3537 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3538 // useless. 3539 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3540 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3541 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3542 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3543 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3544 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3545 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3546 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3547 } 3548 3549 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3550 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3551 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3552 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3553 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3554 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3555 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3556 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3557 // Restrict is covered above. 3558 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3559 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3560 } 3561 3562 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3563 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3564 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3565 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3566 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3567 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3568 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3569 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3570 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3571 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3572 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3573 while (attrs) { 3574 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3575 << attrs->getName() 3576 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3577 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3578 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3579 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3580 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3581 } 3582 } 3583 } 3584 3585 return TagD; 3586 } 3587 3588 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3589 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3590 /// 3591 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3592 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3593 Scope *S, 3594 DeclContext *Owner, 3595 DeclarationName Name, 3596 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3597 unsigned diagnostic) { 3598 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3599 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3600 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3601 3602 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3603 return false; 3604 3605 // Pick a representative declaration. 3606 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3607 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3608 3609 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3610 return false; 3611 3612 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3613 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3614 3615 return true; 3616 } 3617 3618 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3619 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3620 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3621 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3622 /// struct, e.g., 3623 /// 3624 /// @code 3625 /// union { 3626 /// int i; 3627 /// float f; 3628 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3629 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3630 /// @endcode 3631 /// 3632 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3633 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3634 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3635 DeclContext *Owner, 3636 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3637 AccessSpecifier AS, 3638 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3639 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3640 unsigned diagKind 3641 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3642 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3643 3644 bool Invalid = false; 3645 3646 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3647 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3648 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3649 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3650 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3651 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3652 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3653 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3654 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3655 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3656 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3657 Invalid = true; 3658 } else { 3659 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3660 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3661 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3662 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3663 // anonymous union is declared. 3664 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3665 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3666 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3667 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3668 else 3669 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3670 3671 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3672 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3673 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3674 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3675 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3676 3677 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3678 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3679 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3680 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3681 3682 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3683 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3684 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3685 3686 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3687 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3688 3689 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3690 } 3691 } 3692 } 3693 3694 return Invalid; 3695 } 3696 3697 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3698 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3699 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3700 static StorageClass 3701 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3702 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3703 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3704 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3705 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3706 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3707 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3708 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3709 return SC_None; 3710 return SC_Extern; 3711 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3712 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3713 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3714 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3715 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3716 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3717 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3718 } 3719 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3720 } 3721 3722 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3723 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3724 3725 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3726 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3727 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3728 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3729 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3730 return FD->getLocation(); 3731 } 3732 3733 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3734 } 3735 3736 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3737 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3738 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3739 return; 3740 3741 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3742 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3743 } 3744 3745 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3746 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3747 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3748 return; 3749 3750 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3751 } 3752 3753 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3754 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3755 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3756 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3757 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3758 AccessSpecifier AS, 3759 RecordDecl *Record, 3760 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3761 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3762 3763 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3764 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3765 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3766 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3767 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3768 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3769 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3770 3771 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3772 // structs/unions. 3773 bool Invalid = false; 3774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3775 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3776 unsigned DiagID; 3777 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3778 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3779 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3780 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3781 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3782 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3783 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3784 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3785 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3786 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3787 3788 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3789 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3790 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3791 } 3792 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3793 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3794 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3795 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3796 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3797 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3798 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3799 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3800 3801 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3802 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3803 SourceLocation(), 3804 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3805 } 3806 } 3807 3808 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3809 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3810 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3811 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3812 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3813 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3814 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3815 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3816 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3817 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3818 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3819 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3820 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3821 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3822 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3823 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3824 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3825 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3826 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3827 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3828 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3829 3830 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3831 } 3832 3833 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3834 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3835 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3836 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3837 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3838 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3839 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3840 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3841 // members (clause 11). 3842 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3843 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3844 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3845 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3846 Invalid = true; 3847 } 3848 3849 // C++ [class.union]p1 3850 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3851 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3852 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3853 // array of such objects. 3854 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3855 Invalid = true; 3856 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3857 // Any implicit members are fine. 3858 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3859 // This is a type that showed up in an 3860 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3861 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3862 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3863 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3864 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3865 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3866 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3867 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3868 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3869 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3870 else { 3871 // This is a nested type declaration. 3872 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3873 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3874 Invalid = true; 3875 } 3876 } else { 3877 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3878 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3879 // not part of standard C++. 3880 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3881 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3882 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3883 } 3884 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3885 // Any access specifier is fine. 3886 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3887 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3888 } else { 3889 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3890 // member. Complain about it. 3891 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3892 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3893 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3894 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3895 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3896 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3897 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3898 3899 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3900 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3901 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3902 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3903 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3904 else { 3905 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3906 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3907 Invalid = true; 3908 } 3909 } 3910 } 3911 3912 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3913 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3914 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3915 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3916 Owner->isRecord()) 3917 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3918 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3919 } 3920 3921 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3922 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3923 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3924 Invalid = true; 3925 } 3926 3927 // Mock up a declarator. 3928 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3929 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3930 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3931 3932 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3933 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3934 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3935 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3936 DS.getLocStart(), 3937 Record->getLocation(), 3938 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3939 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3940 TInfo, 3941 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3942 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3943 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3944 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3945 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3946 } else { 3947 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3948 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3949 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3950 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3951 // an error here 3952 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3953 Invalid = true; 3954 SC = SC_None; 3955 } 3956 3957 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3958 DS.getLocStart(), 3959 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3960 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3961 TInfo, SC); 3962 3963 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3964 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3965 // initializer: 3966 // union { int n = 0; }; 3967 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3968 } 3969 Anon->setImplicit(); 3970 3971 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3972 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3973 3974 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3975 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3976 // its members. 3977 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3978 3979 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3980 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3981 // purposes. 3982 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3983 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3984 3985 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3986 Chain, false)) 3987 Invalid = true; 3988 3989 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3990 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3991 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3992 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3993 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3994 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3995 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3996 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 3997 } 3998 } 3999 } 4000 4001 if (Invalid) 4002 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4003 4004 return Anon; 4005 } 4006 4007 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4008 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4009 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4010 /// Example: 4011 /// 4012 /// struct A { int a; }; 4013 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4014 /// 4015 /// void foo() { 4016 /// B var; 4017 /// var.a = 3; 4018 /// } 4019 /// 4020 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4021 RecordDecl *Record) { 4022 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4023 4024 // Mock up a declarator. 4025 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4026 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4027 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4028 4029 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4030 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4031 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 4032 DS.getLocStart(), 4033 DS.getLocStart(), 4034 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4035 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4036 TInfo, 4037 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4038 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4039 Anon->setImplicit(); 4040 4041 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4042 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4043 4044 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4045 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4046 // purposes. 4047 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4048 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4049 4050 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4051 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 4052 RecordDef, AS_none, 4053 Chain, true)) 4054 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4055 4056 return Anon; 4057 } 4058 4059 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4060 /// given Declarator. 4061 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4062 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4063 } 4064 4065 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4066 DeclarationNameInfo 4067 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4068 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4069 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4070 4071 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4072 4073 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4074 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4075 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4076 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4077 return NameInfo; 4078 4079 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4080 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4081 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4082 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4083 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4084 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4085 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4086 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4087 return NameInfo; 4088 4089 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4090 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4091 Name.Identifier)); 4092 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4093 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4094 return NameInfo; 4095 4096 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4097 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4098 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4099 if (Ty.isNull()) 4100 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4101 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4102 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4103 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4104 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4105 return NameInfo; 4106 } 4107 4108 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4109 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4110 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4111 if (Ty.isNull()) 4112 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4113 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4114 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4115 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4116 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4117 return NameInfo; 4118 } 4119 4120 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4121 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4122 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4123 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4124 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4125 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4126 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4127 4128 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4129 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4130 4131 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4132 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4133 // was qualified. 4134 4135 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4136 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4137 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4138 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4139 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4140 return NameInfo; 4141 } 4142 4143 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4144 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4145 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4146 if (Ty.isNull()) 4147 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4148 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4149 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4150 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4151 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4152 return NameInfo; 4153 } 4154 4155 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4156 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4157 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4158 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4159 } 4160 4161 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4162 4163 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4164 } 4165 4166 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4167 do { 4168 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4169 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4170 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4171 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4172 else 4173 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4174 } while (true); 4175 } 4176 4177 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4178 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4179 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4180 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4181 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4182 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4183 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4184 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4185 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4186 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4187 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4188 Params.clear(); 4189 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4190 return false; 4191 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4192 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4193 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4194 4195 // The parameter types are identical 4196 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4197 continue; 4198 4199 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4200 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4201 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4202 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4203 4204 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4205 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4206 Params.push_back(Idx); 4207 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4208 return false; 4209 } 4210 4211 return true; 4212 } 4213 4214 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4215 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4216 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4217 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4218 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4219 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4220 DeclarationName Name) { 4221 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4222 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4223 // - types which will become injected class names 4224 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4225 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4226 // few cases here. 4227 4228 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4229 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4230 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4231 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4232 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4233 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4234 // Grab the type from the parser. 4235 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4236 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4237 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4238 4239 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4240 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4241 // attached already. 4242 if (!TSI) 4243 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4244 4245 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4246 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4247 if (!TSI) return true; 4248 4249 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4250 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4251 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4252 break; 4253 } 4254 4255 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4256 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4257 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4258 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4259 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4260 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4261 break; 4262 } 4263 4264 default: 4265 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4266 break; 4267 } 4268 4269 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4270 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4271 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4272 4273 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4274 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4275 // pointer. 4276 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4277 continue; 4278 4279 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4280 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4281 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4282 return true; 4283 } 4284 4285 return false; 4286 } 4287 4288 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4289 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4290 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4291 4292 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4293 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4294 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4295 4296 return Dcl; 4297 } 4298 4299 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4300 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4301 /// name different from T: 4302 /// - every static data member of class T; 4303 /// - every member function of class T 4304 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4305 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4306 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4307 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4308 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4309 4310 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4311 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4312 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4313 return true; 4314 } 4315 4316 return false; 4317 } 4318 4319 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4320 /// nested-name-specifier. 4321 /// 4322 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4323 /// 4324 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4325 /// resolves. 4326 /// 4327 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4328 /// 4329 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4330 /// 4331 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4332 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4333 DeclarationName Name, 4334 SourceLocation Loc) { 4335 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4336 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4337 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4338 4339 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4340 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4341 // 4342 // class X { 4343 // void X::f(); 4344 // }; 4345 // 4346 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4347 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4348 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4349 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4350 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4351 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4352 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4353 SS.clear(); 4354 } else { 4355 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4356 } 4357 return false; 4358 } 4359 4360 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4361 // declaration. 4362 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4363 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4364 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4365 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4366 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4367 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4368 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4369 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4371 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4372 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4374 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4375 else 4376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4377 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4378 4379 return true; 4380 } 4381 4382 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4383 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4384 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4385 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4386 SS.clear(); 4387 4388 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4389 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4390 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4391 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4392 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4393 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4394 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4395 return true; 4396 4397 return false; 4398 } 4399 4400 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4401 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4402 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4403 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4404 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4405 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4406 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4407 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4408 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4409 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4410 4411 return false; 4412 } 4413 4414 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4415 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4416 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4417 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4418 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4419 4420 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4421 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4422 if (!Name) { 4423 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4424 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4425 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4426 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4427 return nullptr; 4428 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4429 return nullptr; 4430 4431 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4432 // we find one that is. 4433 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4434 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4435 S = S->getParent(); 4436 4437 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4438 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4439 D.setInvalidType(); 4440 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4441 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4442 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4443 return nullptr; 4444 4445 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4446 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4447 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4448 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4449 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4450 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4451 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4452 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4453 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4454 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4455 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4456 return nullptr; 4457 } 4458 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4459 4460 if (!IsDependentContext && 4461 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4462 return nullptr; 4463 4464 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4465 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4466 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4467 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4468 D.setInvalidType(); 4469 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4470 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4471 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4472 if (DC->isRecord()) 4473 return nullptr; 4474 4475 D.setInvalidType(); 4476 } 4477 } 4478 4479 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4480 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4481 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4482 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4483 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4484 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4485 D.setInvalidType(); 4486 } 4487 } 4488 4489 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4490 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4491 // Just return early; it's safer. 4492 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4493 return nullptr; 4494 4495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4496 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4497 4498 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4499 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4500 D.setInvalidType(); 4501 4502 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4503 ForRedeclaration); 4504 4505 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4506 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4507 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4508 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4509 4510 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4511 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4512 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4513 // 4514 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4515 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4516 // the same name. 4517 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4518 /* Do nothing*/; 4519 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4520 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4521 R->isFunctionType())) { 4522 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4523 CreateBuiltins = 4524 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4525 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4526 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4527 CreateBuiltins = true; 4528 4529 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4530 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4531 4532 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4533 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4534 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4535 4536 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4537 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4538 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4539 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4540 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4541 // thereof; [...] 4542 // 4543 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4544 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4545 // we want to match. For example, given: 4546 // 4547 // class X { 4548 // void f(); 4549 // void f(float); 4550 // }; 4551 // 4552 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4553 // 4554 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4555 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4556 // matches. 4557 4558 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4559 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4560 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4561 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4562 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4563 } 4564 4565 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4566 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4567 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4568 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4569 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4570 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4571 4572 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4573 Previous.clear(); 4574 } 4575 4576 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4577 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4578 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4579 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4580 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4581 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4582 Previous.clear(); 4583 4584 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4585 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4586 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4587 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4588 4589 NamedDecl *New; 4590 4591 bool AddToScope = true; 4592 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4593 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4594 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4595 return nullptr; 4596 } 4597 4598 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4599 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4600 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4601 TemplateParamLists, 4602 AddToScope); 4603 } else { 4604 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4605 AddToScope); 4606 } 4607 4608 if (!New) 4609 return nullptr; 4610 4611 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4612 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4613 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4614 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4615 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4616 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4617 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4618 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4619 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4620 if (!AddToContext) 4621 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4622 } 4623 4624 return New; 4625 } 4626 4627 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4628 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4629 /// GCC compatibility). 4630 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4631 ASTContext &Context, 4632 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4633 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4634 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4635 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4636 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4637 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4638 SizeIsNegative = false; 4639 Oversized = 0; 4640 4641 if (T->isDependentType()) 4642 return QualType(); 4643 4644 QualifierCollector Qs; 4645 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4646 4647 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4648 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4649 QualType FixedType = 4650 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4651 Oversized); 4652 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4653 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4654 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4655 } 4656 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4657 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4658 QualType FixedType = 4659 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4660 Oversized); 4661 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4662 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4663 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4664 } 4665 4666 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4667 if (!VLATy) 4668 return QualType(); 4669 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4670 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4671 return QualType(); 4672 4673 llvm::APSInt Res; 4674 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4675 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4676 return QualType(); 4677 4678 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4679 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4680 SizeIsNegative = true; 4681 return QualType(); 4682 } 4683 4684 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4685 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4686 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4687 Res); 4688 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4689 Oversized = Res; 4690 return QualType(); 4691 } 4692 4693 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4694 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4695 } 4696 4697 static void 4698 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4699 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4700 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4701 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4702 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4703 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4704 return; 4705 } 4706 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4707 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4708 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4709 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4710 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4711 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4712 return; 4713 } 4714 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4715 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4716 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4717 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4718 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4719 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4720 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4721 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4722 } 4723 4724 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4725 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4726 /// GCC compatibility). 4727 static TypeSourceInfo* 4728 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4729 ASTContext &Context, 4730 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4731 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4732 QualType FixedTy 4733 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4734 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4735 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4736 return nullptr; 4737 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4738 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4739 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4740 return FixedTInfo; 4741 } 4742 4743 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4744 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4745 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4746 /// function-scope declarations. 4747 void 4748 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4749 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4750 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4751 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4752 return; 4753 4754 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4755 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4756 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4757 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4758 } 4759 4760 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4761 if (ExternalSource) { 4762 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4763 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4764 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4765 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4766 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4767 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4768 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4769 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4770 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4771 } 4772 } 4773 4774 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4775 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4776 } 4777 4778 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4779 /// does not identify a function. 4780 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4781 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4782 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4783 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4784 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4785 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4786 4787 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4788 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4789 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4790 4791 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4792 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4793 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4794 4795 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4796 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4797 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4798 } 4799 4800 NamedDecl* 4801 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4802 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4803 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4804 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4805 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4806 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4807 D.setInvalidType(); 4808 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4809 DC = CurContext; 4810 Previous.clear(); 4811 } 4812 4813 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4814 4815 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4816 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4817 << 1; 4818 4819 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4820 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4821 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4822 return nullptr; 4823 } 4824 4825 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4826 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4827 4828 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4829 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4830 4831 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4832 4833 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4834 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4835 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4836 return ND; 4837 } 4838 4839 void 4840 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4841 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4842 // then it shall have block scope. 4843 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4844 // that redeclarations will match. 4845 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4846 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4847 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4848 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4849 4850 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4851 bool SizeIsNegative; 4852 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4853 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4854 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4855 SizeIsNegative, 4856 Oversized); 4857 if (FixedTInfo) { 4858 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4859 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4860 } else { 4861 if (SizeIsNegative) 4862 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4863 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4864 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4865 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4866 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4867 << Oversized.toString(10); 4868 else 4869 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4870 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4871 } 4872 } 4873 } 4874 } 4875 4876 4877 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4878 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4879 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4880 NamedDecl* 4881 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4882 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4883 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4884 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4885 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4886 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4887 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4888 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4889 Redeclaration = true; 4890 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4891 } 4892 4893 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4894 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4895 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4896 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4897 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4898 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4899 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4900 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4901 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4902 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4903 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4904 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4905 } 4906 4907 return NewTD; 4908 } 4909 4910 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4911 /// previous declaration. 4912 /// 4913 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4914 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4915 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4916 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4917 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4918 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4919 /// 4920 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4921 /// lookup 4922 /// 4923 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4924 /// declared. 4925 /// 4926 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4927 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4928 static bool 4929 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4930 ASTContext &Context) { 4931 if (!PrevDecl) 4932 return false; 4933 4934 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4935 return false; 4936 4937 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4938 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4939 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4940 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4941 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4942 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4943 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4944 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4945 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4946 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4947 return false; 4948 4949 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4950 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4951 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4952 return false; 4953 4954 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4955 // previous declarations. 4956 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4957 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4958 4959 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4960 // isn't the same function. 4961 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4962 return false; 4963 } 4964 4965 return true; 4966 } 4967 4968 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4969 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4970 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4971 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4972 } 4973 4974 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4975 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4976 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4977 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4978 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4979 unsigned kind = -1U; 4980 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4981 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4982 kind = 0; // __block 4983 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4984 kind = 1; // global 4985 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4986 kind = 3; // ivar 4987 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4988 kind = 2; // field 4989 } 4990 4991 if (kind != -1U) { 4992 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4993 << kind; 4994 } 4995 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4996 // Try to infer lifetime. 4997 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4998 return false; 4999 5000 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5001 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5002 decl->setType(type); 5003 } 5004 5005 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5006 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5007 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5008 var->getTLSKind()) { 5009 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5010 << var->getType(); 5011 return true; 5012 } 5013 } 5014 5015 return false; 5016 } 5017 5018 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5019 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5020 // the wrong linkage. 5021 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5022 5023 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5024 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5025 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5026 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5027 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5028 } 5029 } 5030 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5031 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5032 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5033 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5034 } 5035 } 5036 5037 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5038 // It does not apply to functions. 5039 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5040 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5041 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5042 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5043 } 5044 } 5045 5046 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5047 if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 5048 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5049 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5050 << &ND << Attr; 5051 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5052 } 5053 } 5054 if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 5055 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5056 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5057 << &ND << Attr; 5058 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5059 } 5060 } 5061 } 5062 5063 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5064 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5065 bool IsSpecialization) { 5066 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5067 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5068 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5069 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5070 5071 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5072 return; 5073 5074 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5075 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5076 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5077 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5078 5079 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5080 // inherited attribute instances. 5081 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5082 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5083 5084 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5085 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5086 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5087 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5088 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5089 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5090 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration) 5091 << NewDecl 5092 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5093 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5094 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5095 return; 5096 } 5097 5098 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5099 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5100 // and qualified friend declarations. 5101 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5102 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5103 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5104 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5105 // separately. 5106 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5107 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5108 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5109 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5110 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5111 } 5112 5113 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5114 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5115 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5116 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5117 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5118 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5119 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5120 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5121 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5122 } 5123 } 5124 5125 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5126 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5127 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5128 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5129 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5130 5131 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5132 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5133 5134 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5135 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5136 return false; 5137 5138 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5139 5140 #ifndef NDEBUG 5141 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5142 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5143 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5144 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5145 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5146 #endif 5147 5148 bool isC99Inline = 5149 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5150 5151 #ifndef NDEBUG 5152 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5153 #endif 5154 5155 return isC99Inline; 5156 } 5157 5158 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5159 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5160 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5161 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5162 /// 5163 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5164 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5165 /// 5166 /// For instance: 5167 /// 5168 /// auto x = []{}; 5169 /// 5170 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5171 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5172 /// 5173 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5174 template<typename T> 5175 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5176 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5177 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5178 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5179 return false; 5180 } 5181 return D->isExternC(); 5182 } 5183 5184 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5185 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5186 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5187 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5188 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5189 return true; 5190 if (DC->isRecord()) 5191 return false; 5192 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5193 } 5194 5195 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5196 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5197 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5198 return true; 5199 if (DC->isRecord()) 5200 return false; 5201 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5202 } 5203 5204 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5205 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5206 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5207 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5208 return true; 5209 return false; 5210 } 5211 5212 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5213 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5214 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5215 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5216 return true; 5217 5218 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5219 // position to the decl itself. 5220 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5221 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5222 return true; 5223 } 5224 5225 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5226 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5227 } 5228 5229 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5230 /// function-local external declaration. 5231 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5232 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5233 return false; 5234 5235 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5236 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5237 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5238 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5239 return true; 5240 5241 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5242 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5243 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5244 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5245 // 5246 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5247 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5248 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5249 DC = DC->getParent(); 5250 return true; 5251 } 5252 5253 NamedDecl * 5254 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5255 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5256 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5257 bool &AddToScope) { 5258 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5259 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5260 5261 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5262 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5263 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5264 5265 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5266 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5267 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5268 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5269 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5270 SC = SC_Extern; 5271 5272 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5273 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5274 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5275 5276 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5277 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5278 QualType NR = R; 5279 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5280 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5281 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5282 D.setInvalidType(); 5283 break; 5284 } 5285 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5286 } 5287 5288 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5289 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5290 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5291 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5292 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5293 D.setInvalidType(); 5294 } 5295 } 5296 } 5297 5298 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5299 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5300 // an error here 5301 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5302 D.setInvalidType(); 5303 SC = SC_None; 5304 } 5305 5306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5307 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5308 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5309 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5310 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5311 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5312 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5313 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5315 } 5316 5317 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5318 if (!II) { 5319 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5320 << Name; 5321 return nullptr; 5322 } 5323 5324 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5325 5326 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5327 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5328 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5329 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5330 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5331 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5332 D.setInvalidType(); 5333 } 5334 } 5335 5336 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5337 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5338 // OpenCL __local address space. 5339 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5340 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5341 } 5342 5343 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5344 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5345 // space qualifiers. 5346 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5347 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5349 } 5350 5351 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5352 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5353 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5354 // address space qualifiers. 5355 if (R->isEventT()) { 5356 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5357 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5358 D.setInvalidType(); 5359 } 5360 5361 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5362 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5363 D.setInvalidType(); 5364 } 5365 } 5366 } 5367 5368 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5369 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5370 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5371 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5372 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5373 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5374 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5375 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5376 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5377 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5378 R, TInfo, SC); 5379 5380 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5381 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5382 } else { 5383 bool Invalid = false; 5384 5385 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5386 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5387 switch (SC) { 5388 case SC_None: 5389 break; 5390 case SC_Static: 5391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5392 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5394 break; 5395 case SC_Auto: 5396 case SC_Register: 5397 case SC_Extern: 5398 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5399 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5400 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5401 // of class members 5402 5403 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5404 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5405 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5406 break; 5407 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5408 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5409 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5410 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5411 } 5412 } 5413 5414 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5415 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5416 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5417 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5418 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5419 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5420 5421 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5422 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5423 if (RD->isUnion()) 5424 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5425 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5426 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5427 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5428 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5429 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5430 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5431 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5432 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5437 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5438 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5439 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5440 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5441 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5442 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5443 : nullptr, 5444 TemplateParamLists, 5445 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5446 5447 if (TemplateParams) { 5448 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5449 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5450 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5451 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5452 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5453 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5454 << II 5455 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5456 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5457 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5458 } else { 5459 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5460 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5461 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5462 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5463 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5464 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5465 // This is a template declaration. 5466 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5467 5468 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5469 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5470 return nullptr; 5471 5472 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5473 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5474 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5475 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5476 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5477 } 5478 } 5479 } else { 5480 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5481 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5482 } 5483 5484 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5485 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5486 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5487 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5488 : SourceLocation(); 5489 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5490 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5491 IsPartialSpecialization); 5492 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5493 return nullptr; 5494 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5495 AddToScope = false; 5496 } else 5497 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5498 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5499 5500 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5501 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5502 NewTemplate = 5503 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5504 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5505 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5506 } 5507 5508 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5509 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5510 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5511 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5512 5513 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5514 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5515 if (NewTemplate) 5516 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5517 } 5518 5519 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5520 5521 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5522 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5523 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5524 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5525 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5526 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5527 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5528 5529 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5530 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5531 } 5532 5533 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5534 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5535 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5536 if (NewTemplate) 5537 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5538 5539 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5540 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5541 5542 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5543 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5544 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5545 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5546 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5547 // explicitly. 5548 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5549 // 'extern'. 5550 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5551 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5552 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5553 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5554 else 5555 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5556 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5557 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5558 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5559 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5560 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5561 else 5562 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5563 } 5564 5565 // C99 6.7.4p3 5566 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5567 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5568 // thread storage duration... 5569 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5570 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5571 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5572 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5573 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5574 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5575 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5576 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5577 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5578 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5579 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5580 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5581 } 5582 } 5583 5584 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5585 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5586 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5587 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5588 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5589 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5590 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5591 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5592 << 2 5593 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5594 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5595 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5596 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5597 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5598 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5599 else { 5600 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5601 if (NewTemplate) 5602 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5603 } 5604 } 5605 5606 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5607 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5608 5609 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5610 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5611 // storage [duration]." 5612 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5613 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5614 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5615 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5616 } 5617 } 5618 5619 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5620 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5621 // check the VarDecl itself. 5622 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5623 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5624 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5625 5626 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5627 // retainable type. 5628 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5629 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5630 5631 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5632 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5633 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5634 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5635 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5636 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5637 switch (SC) { 5638 case SC_None: 5639 case SC_Auto: 5640 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5641 break; 5642 case SC_Register: 5643 // Local Named register 5644 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5645 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5646 break; 5647 case SC_Static: 5648 case SC_Extern: 5649 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5650 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5651 break; 5652 } 5653 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5654 // Global Named register 5655 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5656 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5657 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5658 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5659 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5660 } 5661 } 5662 5663 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5664 Context, Label, 0)); 5665 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5666 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5667 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5668 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5669 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5670 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5671 } 5672 } 5673 5674 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5675 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5676 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5677 5678 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5679 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5680 // declaration has linkage). 5681 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5682 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5683 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5684 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5685 5686 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5687 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5688 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5689 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5690 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5691 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5692 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5693 5694 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5695 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5696 } else { 5697 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5698 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5699 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5700 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5701 5702 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5703 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5704 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5705 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5706 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5707 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5708 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5709 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5710 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5711 Previous.clear(); 5712 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5713 } 5714 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5715 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5716 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5717 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5718 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5719 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5720 } 5721 5722 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5723 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5724 5725 if (NewTemplate) { 5726 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5727 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5728 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5729 : nullptr; 5730 5731 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5732 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5733 // template declaration. 5734 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5735 TemplateParams, 5736 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5737 : nullptr, 5738 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5739 DC->isDependentContext()) 5740 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5741 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5742 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5743 5744 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5745 // template, make a note of that. 5746 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5747 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5748 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5749 } 5750 } 5751 5752 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5753 5754 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5755 // the map of such variables. 5756 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5757 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5758 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5759 5760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5761 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5762 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5763 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5764 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5765 Context.setManglingNumber( 5766 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5767 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5768 } 5769 } 5770 5771 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5772 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5773 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5774 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5775 } 5776 5777 if (NewTemplate) { 5778 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5779 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5780 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5781 return NewTemplate; 5782 } 5783 5784 return NewVD; 5785 } 5786 5787 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5788 /// -Wshadow. 5789 /// 5790 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5791 /// scope. 5792 /// 5793 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5794 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5795 /// 5796 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5797 // Return if warning is ignored. 5798 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5799 return; 5800 5801 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5802 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5803 return; 5804 5805 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5806 5807 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5808 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5809 return; 5810 5811 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5812 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5813 return; 5814 5815 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5816 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5817 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5818 if (MD->isStatic()) 5819 return; 5820 5821 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5822 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5823 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5824 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5825 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5826 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5827 ShadowedDecl = I; 5828 break; 5829 } 5830 } 5831 5832 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5833 5834 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5835 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5836 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5837 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5838 return; 5839 5840 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5841 // static data members from base classes? 5842 5843 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5844 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5845 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5846 } 5847 5848 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5849 unsigned Kind; 5850 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5851 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5852 Kind = 3; // field 5853 else 5854 Kind = 2; // static data member 5855 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5856 Kind = 1; // global 5857 else 5858 Kind = 0; // local 5859 5860 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5861 5862 // Emit warning and note. 5863 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5864 return; 5865 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5866 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5867 } 5868 5869 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5870 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5871 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5872 return; 5873 5874 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5875 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5876 LookupName(R, S); 5877 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5878 } 5879 5880 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5881 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5882 template<typename T> 5883 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5884 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5885 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5886 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5887 5888 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5889 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5890 // declaration. 5891 return false; 5892 } 5893 5894 if (Prev) { 5895 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5896 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5897 // redeclaration. 5898 Previous.clear(); 5899 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5900 return true; 5901 } 5902 5903 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5904 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5905 // declaration. 5906 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5907 return false; 5908 } else { 5909 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5910 // translation unit which might conflict. 5911 if (IsGlobal) { 5912 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5913 IsGlobal = false; 5914 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5915 I != E; ++I) { 5916 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5917 Prev = *I; 5918 break; 5919 } 5920 } 5921 } else { 5922 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5923 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5924 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5925 I != E; ++I) { 5926 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5927 Prev = *I; 5928 break; 5929 } 5930 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5931 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5932 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5933 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5934 // diagnostic. 5935 } 5936 } 5937 5938 if (!Prev) 5939 return false; 5940 } 5941 5942 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5943 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5944 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5945 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5946 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5947 else 5948 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5949 5950 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5951 << IsGlobal << ND; 5952 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5953 << IsGlobal; 5954 return false; 5955 } 5956 5957 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5958 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5959 /// 5960 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5961 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5962 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5963 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5964 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5965 template<typename T> 5966 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5967 LookupResult &Previous) { 5968 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5969 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5970 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5971 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5972 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5973 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5974 Previous.clear(); 5975 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5976 return true; 5977 } 5978 } 5979 return false; 5980 } 5981 5982 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5983 // declaration. 5984 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5985 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5986 5987 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5988 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5989 // in another scope. 5990 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5991 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5992 5993 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5994 return false; 5995 } 5996 5997 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5998 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5999 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6000 return; 6001 6002 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6003 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6004 6005 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6006 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6007 return; 6008 6009 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6010 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6011 6012 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6013 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6014 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6015 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6016 NewVD->setType(T); 6017 } 6018 6019 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6020 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6021 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6022 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6023 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6024 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6025 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6026 return; 6027 } 6028 6029 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6030 // __constant address space. 6031 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6032 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6033 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6034 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6035 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6036 return; 6037 } 6038 6039 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6040 // scope. 6041 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6042 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6043 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6044 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6045 return; 6046 } 6047 6048 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6049 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6050 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6051 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6052 else { 6053 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6054 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6055 } 6056 } 6057 6058 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6059 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6060 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6061 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6062 6063 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6064 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6065 bool SizeIsNegative; 6066 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6067 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6068 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6069 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6070 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6071 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6072 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6073 // int a[10][n]; 6074 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6075 6076 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6077 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6078 << SizeRange; 6079 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6081 << SizeRange; 6082 else 6083 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6084 << SizeRange; 6085 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6086 return; 6087 } 6088 6089 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6090 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6091 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6092 else 6093 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6094 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6095 return; 6096 } 6097 6098 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6099 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6100 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6101 } 6102 6103 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6104 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6105 // of objects and functions. 6106 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6107 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6108 << T; 6109 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6110 return; 6111 } 6112 } 6113 6114 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6115 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6116 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6117 return; 6118 } 6119 6120 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6121 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6122 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6123 return; 6124 } 6125 6126 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6127 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6128 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6129 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6130 return; 6131 } 6132 } 6133 6134 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6135 /// declaration. 6136 /// 6137 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6138 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6139 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6140 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6141 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6142 /// 6143 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6144 /// 6145 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6146 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6147 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6148 6149 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6150 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6151 return false; 6152 6153 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6154 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6155 if (Previous.empty() && 6156 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6157 Previous.setShadowed(); 6158 6159 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6160 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6161 6162 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6163 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6164 return true; 6165 } 6166 return false; 6167 } 6168 6169 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6170 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6171 Sema *S; 6172 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6173 }; 6174 6175 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6176 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6177 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6178 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6179 CXXBasePath &Path, 6180 void *UserData) { 6181 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6182 6183 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6184 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6185 6186 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6187 6188 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6189 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6190 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6191 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6192 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6193 6194 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6195 } 6196 6197 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6198 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6199 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6200 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6201 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6202 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6203 return true; 6204 } 6205 } 6206 6207 return false; 6208 } 6209 6210 namespace { 6211 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6212 } 6213 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6214 /// overriden methods. 6215 /// 6216 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6217 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6218 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6219 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6220 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6221 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6222 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6223 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6224 I != E; ++I) { 6225 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6226 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6227 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6228 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6229 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6230 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6231 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6232 } 6233 } 6234 6235 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6236 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6237 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6238 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6239 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6240 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6241 Data.Method = MD; 6242 Data.S = this; 6243 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6244 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6245 bool AddedAny = false; 6246 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6247 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6248 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6249 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6250 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6251 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6252 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6253 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6254 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6255 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6256 AddedAny = true; 6257 } 6258 } 6259 } 6260 } 6261 6262 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6263 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6264 } 6265 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6266 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6267 } 6268 6269 return AddedAny; 6270 } 6271 6272 namespace { 6273 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6274 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6275 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6276 Scope *S; 6277 Declarator &D; 6278 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6279 bool AddToScope; 6280 }; 6281 } 6282 6283 namespace { 6284 6285 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6286 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6287 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6288 public: 6289 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6290 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6291 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6292 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6293 6294 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6295 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6296 return false; 6297 6298 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6299 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6300 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6301 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6302 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6303 6304 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6305 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6306 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6307 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6308 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6309 return true; 6310 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6311 return true; 6312 } 6313 } 6314 } 6315 6316 return false; 6317 } 6318 6319 private: 6320 ASTContext &Context; 6321 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6322 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6323 }; 6324 6325 } 6326 6327 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6328 /// 6329 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6330 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6331 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6332 /// the same name. 6333 /// 6334 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6335 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6336 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6337 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6338 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6339 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6340 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6341 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6342 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6343 TypoCorrection Correction; 6344 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6345 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6346 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6347 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6348 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6349 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6350 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6351 6352 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6353 if (IsLocalFriend) 6354 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6355 else 6356 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6357 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6358 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6359 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6360 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6361 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 6362 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6363 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6364 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6365 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6366 if (FD && 6367 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6368 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6369 // involve a parameter 6370 unsigned ParamNum = 6371 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6372 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6373 } 6374 } 6375 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6376 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6377 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6378 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6379 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6380 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6381 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6382 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6383 Previous.clear(); 6384 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6385 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6386 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6387 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6388 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6389 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6390 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6391 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6392 } 6393 } 6394 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6395 6396 NamedDecl *Result; 6397 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6398 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6399 { 6400 // Trap errors. 6401 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6402 6403 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6404 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6405 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6406 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6407 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6408 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6409 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6410 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6411 6412 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6413 Result = nullptr; 6414 } 6415 6416 if (Result) { 6417 // Determine which correction we picked. 6418 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6419 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6420 I != E; ++I) 6421 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6422 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6423 6424 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6425 Correction, 6426 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6427 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6428 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6429 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6430 return Result; 6431 } 6432 6433 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6434 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6435 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6436 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6437 Previous.clear(); 6438 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6439 } 6440 6441 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6442 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6443 6444 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6445 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6446 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6447 6448 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6449 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6450 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6451 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6452 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6453 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6454 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6455 6456 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6457 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6458 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6459 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6460 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6461 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6462 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6463 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6464 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6465 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6466 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6467 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6468 } else 6469 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6470 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6471 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6472 } 6473 return nullptr; 6474 } 6475 6476 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6477 Declarator &D) { 6478 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6479 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6480 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6481 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6482 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6483 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6484 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6485 D.setInvalidType(); 6486 break; 6487 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6488 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6489 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6490 return SC_None; 6491 return SC_Extern; 6492 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6493 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6494 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6495 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6496 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6497 // other than extern 6498 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6499 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6500 diag::err_static_block_func); 6501 break; 6502 } else 6503 return SC_Static; 6504 } 6505 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6506 } 6507 6508 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6509 return SC_None; 6510 } 6511 6512 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6513 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6514 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6515 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6516 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6517 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6518 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6519 6520 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6521 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6522 6523 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6524 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6525 // prototype. This true when: 6526 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6527 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6528 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6529 bool HasPrototype = 6530 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6531 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6532 6533 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6534 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6535 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6536 HasPrototype, false); 6537 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6538 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6539 6540 // Set the lexical context. 6541 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6542 6543 return NewFD; 6544 } 6545 6546 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6547 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6548 6549 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6550 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6551 // the class has been completely parsed. 6552 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6553 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6554 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6555 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6556 D.setInvalidType(); 6557 6558 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6559 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6560 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6561 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6562 6563 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6564 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6565 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6566 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6567 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6568 isConstexpr); 6569 6570 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6571 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6572 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6573 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6574 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6575 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6576 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6577 D.getLocStart(), 6578 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6579 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6580 6581 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6582 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6583 // it yet. 6584 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6585 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6586 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6587 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6588 } 6589 6590 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6591 return NewDD; 6592 6593 } else { 6594 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6595 D.setInvalidType(); 6596 6597 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6598 // code path. 6599 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6600 D.getLocStart(), 6601 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6602 SC, isInline, 6603 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6604 } 6605 6606 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6607 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6608 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6609 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6610 return nullptr; 6611 } 6612 6613 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6614 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6615 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6616 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6617 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6618 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6619 6620 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6621 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6622 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6623 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6624 // constructor if it has no return type). 6625 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6626 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6627 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6628 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6629 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6630 return nullptr; 6631 } 6632 6633 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6634 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6635 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6636 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6637 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6638 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6639 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6640 return Ret; 6641 } else { 6642 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6643 // prototype. This true when: 6644 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6645 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6646 D.getLocStart(), 6647 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6648 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6649 } 6650 } 6651 6652 enum OpenCLParamType { 6653 ValidKernelParam, 6654 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6655 PtrKernelParam, 6656 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6657 InvalidKernelParam, 6658 RecordKernelParam 6659 }; 6660 6661 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6662 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6663 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6664 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6665 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6666 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6667 : PtrKernelParam; 6668 } 6669 6670 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6671 // be used as builtin types. 6672 6673 if (PT->isImageType()) 6674 return PtrKernelParam; 6675 6676 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6677 return InvalidKernelParam; 6678 6679 if (PT->isEventT()) 6680 return InvalidKernelParam; 6681 6682 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6683 return InvalidKernelParam; 6684 6685 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6686 return RecordKernelParam; 6687 6688 return ValidKernelParam; 6689 } 6690 6691 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6692 Sema &S, 6693 Declarator &D, 6694 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6695 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6696 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6697 6698 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6699 // used again 6700 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6701 return; 6702 6703 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6704 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6705 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6706 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6707 // pointer to a pointer type. 6708 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6709 D.setInvalidType(); 6710 return; 6711 6712 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6713 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6714 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6715 // pointer to the private address space. 6716 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6717 D.setInvalidType(); 6718 return; 6719 6720 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6721 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6722 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6723 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6724 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6725 6726 case InvalidKernelParam: 6727 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6728 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6729 // of event_t type. 6730 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6731 D.setInvalidType(); 6732 return; 6733 6734 case PtrKernelParam: 6735 case ValidKernelParam: 6736 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6737 return; 6738 6739 case RecordKernelParam: 6740 break; 6741 } 6742 6743 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6744 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6745 6746 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6747 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6748 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6749 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6750 6751 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6752 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6753 6754 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6755 6756 do { 6757 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6758 if (!Next) { 6759 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6760 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6761 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6762 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6763 6764 continue; 6765 } 6766 6767 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6768 // field itself) to the history stack. 6769 const RecordDecl *RD; 6770 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6771 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6772 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6773 } else { 6774 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6775 } 6776 6777 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6778 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6779 6780 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6781 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6782 6783 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6784 continue; 6785 6786 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6787 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6788 continue; 6789 6790 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6791 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6792 continue; 6793 } 6794 6795 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6796 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6797 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6798 // union. 6799 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6800 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6801 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6802 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6803 << PT->isUnionType() 6804 << PT; 6805 } else { 6806 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6807 } 6808 6809 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6810 << PD->getDeclName(); 6811 6812 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6813 // the offending field came from 6814 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6815 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6816 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6817 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6818 << OuterField->getType(); 6819 } 6820 6821 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6822 << QT->isPointerType() 6823 << QT; 6824 D.setInvalidType(); 6825 return; 6826 } 6827 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6828 } 6829 6830 NamedDecl* 6831 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6832 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6833 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6834 bool &AddToScope) { 6835 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6836 6837 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6838 6839 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6840 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6841 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6842 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6843 6844 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6845 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6846 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6847 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6848 6849 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6850 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6851 6852 bool isFriend = false; 6853 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6854 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6855 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6856 6857 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6858 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6859 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6860 6861 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6862 6863 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6864 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6865 6866 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6867 isVirtualOkay); 6868 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6869 6870 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6871 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6872 6873 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6874 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6875 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6876 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6877 6878 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6879 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6880 6881 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6882 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6883 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6884 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6885 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6886 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6887 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6888 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6889 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6890 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6891 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6892 } 6893 6894 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6895 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6896 // return true). 6897 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6898 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6899 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6900 NewFD->setPure(true); 6901 } 6902 6903 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6904 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6905 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6906 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6907 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6908 6909 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6910 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6911 bool Invalid = false; 6912 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6913 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6914 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6915 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6916 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6917 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6918 : nullptr, 6919 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6920 Invalid)) { 6921 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6922 // This is a function template 6923 6924 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6925 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6926 return nullptr; 6927 6928 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6929 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6930 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6931 return nullptr; 6932 } 6933 6934 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6935 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6936 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6937 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6938 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6939 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6940 Invalid = true; 6941 } 6942 6943 6944 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6945 NewFD->getLocation(), 6946 Name, TemplateParams, 6947 NewFD); 6948 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6949 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6950 6951 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6952 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6953 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6954 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6955 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6956 } 6957 } else { 6958 // This is a function template specialization. 6959 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6960 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6961 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6962 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6963 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6964 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6965 6966 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6967 if (isFriend) { 6968 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6969 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6970 6971 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6972 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6973 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6974 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6975 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6976 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6977 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6978 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6979 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6980 } 6981 6982 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6983 << Name << RemoveRange 6984 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6985 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6986 } 6987 } 6988 } 6989 else { 6990 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6991 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6992 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6993 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6994 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6995 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6996 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6997 } 6998 6999 if (Invalid) { 7000 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7001 if (FunctionTemplate) 7002 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7003 } 7004 7005 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7006 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7007 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7008 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7009 // 7010 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7011 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7012 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7013 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7014 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7015 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7017 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7018 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7019 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7020 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7021 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7022 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7023 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7024 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7025 } else { 7026 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7027 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7028 } 7029 7030 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 7031 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7032 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7033 } 7034 7035 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 7036 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7037 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7038 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7039 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7040 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7041 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7042 // thing to do. 7043 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7044 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7045 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7046 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7047 QualType Result = 7048 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7049 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7050 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7051 } 7052 7053 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7054 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7055 // declaration. 7056 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7057 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7058 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7059 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7060 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7061 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7062 } 7063 } 7064 7065 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7066 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7067 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7068 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7069 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7070 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7071 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7072 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7073 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7074 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7075 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7076 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7077 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7078 // or conversion function. 7079 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7080 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7081 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7082 } 7083 } 7084 7085 if (isConstexpr) { 7086 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7087 // are implicitly inline. 7088 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7089 7090 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7091 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7092 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7093 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7094 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7095 } 7096 7097 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7098 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7099 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7100 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7101 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7102 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7103 << 0 7104 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7105 } else { 7106 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7107 if (FunctionTemplate) 7108 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7109 } 7110 } 7111 7112 if (isFriend) { 7113 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7114 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7115 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7116 } 7117 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7118 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7119 } 7120 7121 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7122 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7123 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7124 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7125 case FDK_Declaration: 7126 case FDK_Definition: 7127 break; 7128 7129 case FDK_Defaulted: 7130 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7131 break; 7132 7133 case FDK_Deleted: 7134 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7135 break; 7136 } 7137 7138 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7139 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7140 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7141 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7142 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7143 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7144 } 7145 7146 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7147 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7148 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7149 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7150 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7151 // the class. 7152 7153 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7154 // member function definition. 7155 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7156 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7157 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7158 } 7159 7160 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7161 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7162 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7163 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7164 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7165 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7166 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7167 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7168 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7169 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7170 } 7171 7172 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7173 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7174 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7175 isExplicitSpecialization || 7176 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7177 7178 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7179 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7180 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7181 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7182 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7183 SE->getString(), 0)); 7184 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7185 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7186 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7187 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7188 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7189 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7190 } 7191 } 7192 7193 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7194 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7195 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7196 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7197 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7198 7199 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7200 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7201 // single void argument. 7202 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7203 // already checks for that case. 7204 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7205 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7206 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7207 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7208 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7209 Params.push_back(Param); 7210 7211 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7212 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7213 } 7214 } 7215 7216 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7217 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7218 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7219 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7220 // 7221 // @code 7222 // typedef void fn(int); 7223 // fn f; 7224 // @endcode 7225 7226 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7227 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7228 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7229 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7230 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7231 Params.push_back(Param); 7232 } 7233 } else { 7234 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7235 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7236 } 7237 7238 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7239 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7240 7241 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7242 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7243 // 7244 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7245 // 7246 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7247 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7248 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7249 7250 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7251 NewFD->addAttr( 7252 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7253 Context, 0)); 7254 7255 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7256 // because all functions have linkage. 7257 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7258 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7259 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7260 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7261 } 7262 7263 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7264 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7265 NewFD->addAttr( 7266 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7267 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7268 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7269 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7270 PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD)) 7271 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7272 } 7273 7274 // Handle attributes. 7275 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7276 7277 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7278 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7279 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7280 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7281 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7282 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7283 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7284 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7285 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7286 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7287 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7288 } 7289 7290 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7291 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7292 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7293 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7294 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7295 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7296 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7297 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7298 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7299 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7300 } 7301 } 7302 7303 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7304 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7305 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7306 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7307 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7308 7309 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7310 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7311 7312 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7313 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7314 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7315 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7316 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7317 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7318 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7319 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7320 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7321 } else { 7322 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7323 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7324 // 7325 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7326 // 7327 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7328 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7329 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7330 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7331 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7332 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7333 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7334 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7335 7336 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7337 // argument list into our AST format. 7338 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7339 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7340 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7341 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7342 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7343 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7344 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7345 TemplateArgs); 7346 7347 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7348 7349 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7350 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7351 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7352 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7353 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7354 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7355 7356 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7357 } else { 7358 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7359 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7360 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7361 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7362 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7363 } 7364 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7365 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7366 // wrote something like: 7367 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7368 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7369 // friend void foo<>(int); 7370 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7371 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7372 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7373 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7374 } 7375 7376 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7377 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7378 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7379 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7380 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7381 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7382 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7383 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7384 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7385 InstantiationDependent))) { 7386 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7387 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7388 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7389 Previous)) 7390 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7391 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7392 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7393 && !isFriend) { 7394 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7395 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7396 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7397 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7398 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7399 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7400 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7401 : nullptr), 7402 Previous)) 7403 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7404 7405 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7406 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7407 // specialization (14.7.3) 7408 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7409 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7410 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7411 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7412 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7413 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7414 << SC 7415 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7416 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7417 7418 else 7419 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7420 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7421 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7422 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7423 } 7424 7425 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7426 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7427 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7428 } 7429 7430 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7431 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7432 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7433 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7434 7435 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7436 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7437 7438 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7439 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7440 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7441 } 7442 7443 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7444 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7445 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7446 7447 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7448 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7449 : NewFD); 7450 7451 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7452 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7453 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7454 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7455 7456 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7457 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7458 } 7459 7460 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7461 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7462 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7463 7464 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7465 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7466 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7467 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7468 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7469 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7470 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7471 : nullptr, 7472 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7473 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7474 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7475 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7476 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7477 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7478 DC->isDependentContext()) 7479 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7480 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7481 } 7482 7483 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7484 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7485 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7486 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7487 AddToScope }; 7488 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7489 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7490 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7491 7492 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7493 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7494 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7495 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7496 7497 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7498 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7499 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7500 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7501 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7502 // can actually do this check immediately. 7503 if (isFriend && 7504 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7505 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7506 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7507 // ignore these 7508 } else { 7509 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7510 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7511 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7512 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7513 // 7514 // class X { 7515 // void f() const; 7516 // }; 7517 // 7518 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7519 // 7520 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7521 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7522 // whether the parameter types are references). 7523 7524 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7525 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7526 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7527 return Result; 7528 } 7529 } 7530 7531 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7532 // to something. 7533 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7534 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7535 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7536 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7537 return Result; 7538 } 7539 } 7540 7541 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7542 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7543 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7544 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7545 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7546 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7547 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7548 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7549 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7550 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7551 // generate them. 7552 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7553 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7554 } 7555 } 7556 7557 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7558 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7559 7560 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7561 7562 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7563 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7564 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7565 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7566 << NewFD; 7567 7568 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7569 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7570 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7571 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7572 EPI.Variadic = true; 7573 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7574 7575 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7576 NewFD->setType(R); 7577 } 7578 7579 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7580 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7581 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7582 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7583 7584 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7585 // marking the function. 7586 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7587 7588 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7589 // a pragma. 7590 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7591 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7592 7593 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7594 // the map of such variables. 7595 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7596 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7597 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7598 7599 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7600 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7601 7602 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7603 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7604 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7605 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7606 } 7607 7608 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7609 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7610 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7611 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7612 return FunctionTemplate; 7613 } 7614 } 7615 7616 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7617 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7618 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7619 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7620 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7621 D.setInvalidType(); 7622 } 7623 7624 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7625 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7626 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7627 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7628 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7629 : FixItHint()); 7630 D.setInvalidType(); 7631 } 7632 7633 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7634 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7635 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7636 } 7637 7638 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7639 7640 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7641 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7642 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7643 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7644 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7645 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7646 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7647 7648 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7649 } 7650 } 7651 7652 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7653 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7654 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7655 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7656 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7657 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7658 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7659 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7660 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7661 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7662 AddToScope = false; 7663 } 7664 7665 return NewFD; 7666 } 7667 7668 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7669 /// 7670 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7671 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7672 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7673 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7674 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7675 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7676 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7677 /// 7678 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7679 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7680 /// 7681 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7682 /// 7683 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7684 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7685 LookupResult &Previous, 7686 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7687 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7688 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7689 7690 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7691 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7692 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7693 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7694 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7695 7696 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7697 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7698 7699 bool Redeclaration = false; 7700 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7701 7702 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7703 // the same name, if appropriate. 7704 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7705 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7706 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7707 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7708 // function to the scope. 7709 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7710 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7711 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7712 Redeclaration = true; 7713 OldDecl = Candidate; 7714 } 7715 } else { 7716 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7717 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7718 case Ovl_Match: 7719 Redeclaration = true; 7720 break; 7721 7722 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7723 Redeclaration = true; 7724 break; 7725 7726 case Ovl_Overload: 7727 Redeclaration = false; 7728 break; 7729 } 7730 7731 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7732 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7733 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7734 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7735 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7736 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7737 if (Redeclaration) 7738 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7739 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7740 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7741 if (OverloadedDecl) 7742 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7743 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7744 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7745 } 7746 } 7747 } 7748 7749 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7750 if (!Redeclaration && 7751 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7752 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7753 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7754 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7755 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7756 Redeclaration = true; 7757 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7758 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7759 7760 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7761 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7762 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7763 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7764 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7765 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7766 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7767 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7768 } 7769 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7770 Redeclaration = false; 7771 OldDecl = nullptr; 7772 } 7773 } 7774 } 7775 } 7776 7777 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7778 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7779 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7780 // 7781 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7782 // definition of a static member function. 7783 // 7784 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7785 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7786 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7787 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7788 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7789 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7790 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7791 if (OldDecl) 7792 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7793 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7794 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7795 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7796 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7797 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7798 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7799 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7800 7801 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7802 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7803 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7804 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7805 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7806 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7807 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7808 7809 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7810 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7811 } 7812 } 7813 } 7814 7815 if (Redeclaration) { 7816 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7817 // merged. 7818 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7819 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7820 return Redeclaration; 7821 } 7822 7823 Previous.clear(); 7824 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7825 7826 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7827 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7828 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7829 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7830 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7831 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7832 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7833 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7834 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7835 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7836 } 7837 7838 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7839 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7840 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7841 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7842 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7843 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7844 } 7845 7846 } else { 7847 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7848 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7849 7850 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7851 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7852 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7853 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7854 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7855 7856 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7857 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7858 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7859 7860 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7861 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7862 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7863 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7864 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7865 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7866 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7867 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7868 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7869 } 7870 } 7871 } 7872 } 7873 } 7874 7875 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7876 7877 // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions. 7878 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 7879 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 7880 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) { 7881 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 7882 if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall) 7883 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr) 7884 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall); 7885 // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions? 7886 } 7887 7888 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7889 // C++-specific checks. 7890 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7891 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7892 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7893 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7894 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7895 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7896 7897 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7898 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7899 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7900 DeclarationName Name 7901 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7902 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7903 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7904 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7905 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7906 return Redeclaration; 7907 } 7908 } 7909 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7910 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7911 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7912 } 7913 7914 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7915 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7916 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7917 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7918 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7919 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7920 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7921 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7922 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7923 } 7924 } 7925 } 7926 7927 if (Method->isStatic()) 7928 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7929 } 7930 7931 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7932 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7933 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7934 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7935 return Redeclaration; 7936 } 7937 7938 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7939 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7940 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7941 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7942 return Redeclaration; 7943 } 7944 7945 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7946 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7947 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7948 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7949 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7950 7951 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7952 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7953 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7954 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7955 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7956 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7957 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7958 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7959 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7960 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7961 } 7962 } 7963 7964 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7965 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7966 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7967 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7968 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7969 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7970 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7971 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7972 << NewFD << R; 7973 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7974 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7975 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7976 } 7977 } 7978 return Redeclaration; 7979 } 7980 7981 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7982 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7983 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7984 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7985 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7986 // appear in a declaration of main. 7987 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7988 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7989 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7990 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7991 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7992 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7993 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7994 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7995 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7996 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7997 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7998 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7999 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8000 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8001 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8002 } 8003 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8004 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8006 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8007 } 8008 8009 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8011 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8012 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8013 return; 8014 } 8015 8016 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8017 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8018 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8019 8020 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8021 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8022 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8023 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8024 8025 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8026 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8027 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8028 else { 8029 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8030 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8031 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8032 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8033 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8034 } 8035 } else { 8036 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8037 // set the flag which tells us that. 8038 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8039 8040 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8041 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8042 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8043 else { 8044 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8045 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8046 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8047 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8048 : FixItHint()); 8049 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8050 } 8051 } 8052 8053 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8054 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8055 8056 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8057 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8058 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8059 8060 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8061 8062 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8063 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8064 // getting shifty. 8065 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8066 HasExtraParameters = false; 8067 8068 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8069 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8070 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8071 nparams = 3; 8072 } 8073 8074 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8075 // if we had some location information about types. 8076 8077 QualType CharPP = 8078 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8079 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8080 8081 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8082 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8083 8084 bool mismatch = true; 8085 8086 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8087 mismatch = false; 8088 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8089 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8090 // char const ** 8091 // char const * const * 8092 // char * const * 8093 8094 QualifierCollector qs; 8095 const PointerType* PT; 8096 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8097 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8098 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8099 Context.CharTy)) { 8100 qs.removeConst(); 8101 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8102 } 8103 } 8104 8105 if (mismatch) { 8106 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8107 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8108 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8109 } 8110 } 8111 8112 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8113 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8114 } 8115 8116 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8117 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8118 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8119 } 8120 } 8121 8122 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8123 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8124 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8125 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8126 8127 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8128 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8129 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8130 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8131 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8132 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8133 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8134 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8135 8136 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8137 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8138 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8139 } 8140 } 8141 8142 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8143 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8144 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8145 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8146 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8147 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8148 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8149 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8150 // rules there don't matter.) 8151 const Expr *Culprit; 8152 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8153 return false; 8154 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8155 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8156 return true; 8157 } 8158 8159 namespace { 8160 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8161 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8162 class SelfReferenceChecker 8163 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8164 Sema &S; 8165 Decl *OrigDecl; 8166 bool isRecordType; 8167 bool isPODType; 8168 bool isReferenceType; 8169 8170 public: 8171 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8172 8173 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8174 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8175 isPODType = false; 8176 isRecordType = false; 8177 isReferenceType = false; 8178 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8179 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8180 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8181 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8182 } 8183 } 8184 8185 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8186 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8187 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8188 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8189 if (isReferenceType) 8190 return; 8191 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8192 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8193 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8194 return; 8195 } 8196 8197 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8198 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8199 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8200 return; 8201 } 8202 8203 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8204 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8205 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8206 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8207 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8208 return; 8209 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8210 } 8211 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8212 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8213 return; 8214 } 8215 } 8216 8217 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 8218 // bad, not just r-value uses. 8219 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8220 if (isReferenceType) 8221 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8222 } 8223 8224 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8225 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 8226 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 8227 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8228 8229 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8230 } 8231 8232 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8233 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8234 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8235 8236 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8237 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8238 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8239 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8240 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8241 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8242 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8243 Warn = false; 8244 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8245 } 8246 8247 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8248 if (Warn) 8249 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8250 return; 8251 } 8252 8253 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8254 // Visit that expression. 8255 Visit(Base); 8256 } 8257 8258 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8259 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8260 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8261 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8262 8263 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8264 } 8265 8266 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8267 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8268 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8269 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8270 if (!isPODType) 8271 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8272 return; 8273 } 8274 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8275 } 8276 8277 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8278 8279 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8280 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8281 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) { 8282 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8283 } 8284 } 8285 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8286 } 8287 8288 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8289 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8290 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8291 unsigned diag; 8292 if (isReferenceType) { 8293 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8294 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8295 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8296 } else { 8297 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8298 } 8299 8300 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8301 S.PDiag(diag) 8302 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8303 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8304 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8305 } 8306 }; 8307 8308 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8309 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8310 bool DirectInit) { 8311 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8312 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8313 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8314 return; 8315 8316 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8317 8318 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8319 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8320 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8321 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8322 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8323 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8324 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8325 return; 8326 8327 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8328 } 8329 } 8330 8331 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8332 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8333 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8334 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8335 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8336 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8337 // the initializer. 8338 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8339 return; 8340 8341 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8342 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8343 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8344 // Thus this grotesque test. 8345 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8346 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8347 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8348 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8349 else { 8350 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8351 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8352 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8353 } 8354 return; 8355 } 8356 8357 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8358 if (!VDecl) { 8359 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8360 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8361 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8362 return; 8363 } 8364 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8365 8366 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8367 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8368 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8369 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8370 // contains exactly one expression. 8371 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8372 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8373 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8374 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8375 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8376 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8377 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8378 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8379 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8380 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8381 return; 8382 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8383 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8384 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8385 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8386 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8387 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8388 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8389 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8390 return; 8391 } else { 8392 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8393 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8394 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8395 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8396 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8397 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8398 } 8399 } 8400 8401 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8402 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8403 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8404 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8405 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8406 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8407 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8408 return; 8409 } 8410 Init = Result.get(); 8411 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8412 } 8413 8414 QualType DeducedType; 8415 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8416 DAR_Failed) 8417 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8418 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8419 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8420 return; 8421 } 8422 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8423 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8424 8425 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8426 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8427 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8428 8429 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8430 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8431 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8432 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8433 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8434 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8435 SourceLocation Loc = 8436 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8437 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8438 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8439 } 8440 8441 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8442 // the previously declared type. 8443 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8444 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8445 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8446 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8447 } 8448 8449 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8450 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8451 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8452 return; 8453 } 8454 8455 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8456 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8457 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8459 return; 8460 } 8461 8462 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8463 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8464 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8465 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8466 return; 8467 } 8468 8469 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8470 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8471 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8472 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8473 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8474 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8475 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8476 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8477 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8478 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8479 return; 8480 } 8481 8482 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8483 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8484 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8485 AbstractVariableType)) 8486 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8487 } 8488 8489 const VarDecl *Def; 8490 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8491 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8492 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8493 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8494 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8495 return; 8496 } 8497 8498 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8499 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8500 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8501 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8502 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8503 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8504 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8505 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8506 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8507 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8508 // 8509 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8510 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8511 // declaration with an initializer. 8512 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8513 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8514 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8515 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8516 return; 8517 } 8518 8519 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8520 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8521 8522 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8523 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8524 return; 8525 } 8526 } 8527 8528 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8529 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8530 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8531 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8532 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8533 return; 8534 } 8535 8536 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8537 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8538 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8539 8540 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8541 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8542 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8543 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8544 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8545 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8546 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8547 return; 8548 } 8549 Init = Result.get(); 8550 } 8551 8552 // Perform the initialization. 8553 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8554 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8555 InitializationKind Kind 8556 = DirectInit ? 8557 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8558 Init->getLocStart(), 8559 Init->getLocEnd()) 8560 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8561 VDecl->getLocation()) 8562 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8563 Init->getLocStart()); 8564 8565 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8566 if (CXXDirectInit) 8567 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8568 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8569 8570 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8571 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8572 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8573 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8574 return; 8575 } 8576 8577 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8578 } 8579 8580 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8581 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8582 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8583 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8584 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8585 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8586 } 8587 8588 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8589 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8590 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8591 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8592 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8593 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8594 8595 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8596 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8597 8598 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8599 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8600 8601 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8602 // Although this code can still have problems: 8603 // id x = self.weakProp; 8604 // id y = self.weakProp; 8605 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8606 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8607 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8608 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8609 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8610 Init->getLocStart())) 8611 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8612 } 8613 8614 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8615 // 8616 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8617 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8618 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8619 // 8620 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8621 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8622 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8623 // 8624 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8625 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8626 false, 8627 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8628 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8629 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8630 return; 8631 } 8632 Init = Result.get(); 8633 8634 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8635 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8636 8637 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8638 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8639 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8640 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8641 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8642 const Expr *Culprit; 8643 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8644 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8645 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8646 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8647 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8648 // constant expressions. 8649 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8650 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8651 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8652 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8653 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8654 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8655 } 8656 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8657 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8658 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8659 // 8660 // struct S { 8661 // static const int value = 17; 8662 // }; 8663 8664 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8665 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8666 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8667 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8668 // 8669 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8670 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8671 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8672 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8673 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8674 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8675 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8676 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8677 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8678 8679 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8680 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8681 8682 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8683 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8684 // type. 8685 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8686 8687 // Require constness. 8688 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8689 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8690 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8691 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8692 8693 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8694 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8695 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8696 SourceLocation Loc; 8697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8698 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8699 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8700 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8701 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8702 ; // Nothing to check. 8703 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8704 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8705 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8706 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8707 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8708 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8709 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8710 } else { 8711 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8712 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8713 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8714 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8715 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8716 } 8717 8718 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8719 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8720 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8721 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8723 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8724 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8725 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8726 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8727 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8728 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8729 } else { 8730 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8731 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8732 8733 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8734 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8735 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8736 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8737 } 8738 } 8739 8740 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8741 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8742 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8743 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8744 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8745 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8746 8747 } else { 8748 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8749 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8750 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8751 } 8752 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8753 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8754 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8755 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8756 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8757 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8758 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8759 8760 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8761 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8762 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8763 } 8764 8765 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8766 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8767 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8768 // 8769 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8770 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8771 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8772 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8773 // special case code. 8774 8775 // C++ 8.5p11: 8776 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8777 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8778 // class type. 8779 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8780 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8781 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8782 } else if (DirectInit) { 8783 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8784 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8785 } 8786 8787 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8788 } 8789 8790 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8791 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8792 /// of sanity. 8793 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8794 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8795 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8796 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8797 8798 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8799 if (!VD) return; 8800 8801 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8802 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8803 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8804 return; 8805 } 8806 8807 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8808 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8809 8810 // Require a complete type. 8811 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8812 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8813 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8814 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8815 return; 8816 } 8817 8818 // Require a non-abstract type. 8819 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8820 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8821 AbstractVariableType)) { 8822 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8823 return; 8824 } 8825 8826 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8827 // though. 8828 } 8829 8830 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8831 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8832 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8833 if (!RealDecl) 8834 return; 8835 8836 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8837 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8838 8839 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8840 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8841 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8842 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8843 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8844 return; 8845 } 8846 8847 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8848 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8849 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8850 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8851 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8852 // member. 8853 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8854 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8855 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8856 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8857 << Var->getDeclName(); 8858 else 8859 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8861 return; 8862 } 8863 8864 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8865 // be initialized. 8866 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8867 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8868 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8869 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8870 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8871 return; 8872 } 8873 8874 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8875 case VarDecl::Definition: 8876 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8877 break; 8878 8879 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8880 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8881 // a declaration. 8882 // 8883 // Fall through 8884 8885 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8886 // It's only a declaration. 8887 8888 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8889 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8890 // object shall be complete. 8891 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8892 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8893 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8894 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8895 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8896 8897 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8898 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8899 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8900 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8901 AbstractVariableType)) 8902 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8903 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8904 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8905 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8906 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8907 } 8908 8909 return; 8910 8911 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8912 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8913 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8914 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8915 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8916 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8917 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8918 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8919 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8920 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8921 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8922 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8923 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8924 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8925 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8926 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8927 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8928 // NOTE: code such as the following 8929 // static struct s; 8930 // struct s { int a; }; 8931 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8932 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8933 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8934 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8935 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8936 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8937 } 8938 } 8939 8940 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8941 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8942 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8943 return; 8944 } 8945 8946 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8947 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8948 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8949 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8950 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8951 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8952 return; 8953 } 8954 8955 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8956 // definitions with reference type. 8957 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8958 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8959 << Var->getDeclName() 8960 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8961 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8962 return; 8963 } 8964 8965 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8966 // variable with dependent type. 8967 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8968 return; 8969 8970 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8971 return; 8972 8973 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8974 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8975 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8976 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8977 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8978 return; 8979 } 8980 } 8981 8982 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8983 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8984 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8985 AbstractVariableType)) { 8986 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8987 return; 8988 } 8989 8990 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8991 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8992 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8993 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8994 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8995 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8996 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8997 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8998 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8999 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9001 if (const RecordType *Record 9002 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9003 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9004 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9005 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9006 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9007 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9008 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9009 } 9010 } 9011 9012 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9013 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9014 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9015 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9016 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9017 // type shall have a user-declared default 9018 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9019 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9020 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9021 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9022 // program is ill-formed. 9023 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9024 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9025 // default-initialized; [...]. 9026 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9027 InitializationKind Kind 9028 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9029 9030 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9031 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9032 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9033 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9034 else if (Init.get()) { 9035 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9036 // This is important for template substitution. 9037 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9038 } 9039 9040 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9041 } 9042 } 9043 9044 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9045 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9046 if (!VD) { 9047 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9048 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9049 return; 9050 } 9051 9052 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9053 9054 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9055 int Error = -1; 9056 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9057 case SC_None: 9058 break; 9059 case SC_Extern: 9060 Error = 0; 9061 break; 9062 case SC_Static: 9063 Error = 1; 9064 break; 9065 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9066 Error = 2; 9067 break; 9068 case SC_Auto: 9069 Error = 3; 9070 break; 9071 case SC_Register: 9072 Error = 4; 9073 break; 9074 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9075 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9076 } 9077 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9078 Error = 5; 9079 if (Error != -1) { 9080 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9081 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9082 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9083 } 9084 } 9085 9086 StmtResult 9087 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9088 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9089 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9090 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9091 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9092 // A range-based for statement of the form 9093 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9094 // is equivalent to 9095 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9096 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9097 9098 const char *PrevSpec; 9099 unsigned DiagID; 9100 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9101 getPrintingPolicy()); 9102 9103 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9104 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9105 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9106 9107 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9108 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9109 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9110 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9111 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9112 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9113 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9114 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9115 } 9116 9117 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9118 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9119 9120 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9121 // local retaining variable. 9122 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9123 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9124 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9125 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9126 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9127 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9128 break; 9129 9130 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9131 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9132 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9133 break; 9134 } 9135 } 9136 9137 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9138 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9139 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9140 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9141 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9142 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9143 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9144 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9145 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9146 var->getLocation())) { 9147 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9148 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9149 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9150 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9151 9152 if (!prev) 9153 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9154 } 9155 9156 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9157 const Expr *Culprit; 9158 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9159 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9160 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9161 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9162 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9163 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9164 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9165 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9166 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9167 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9168 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9169 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9170 // initialization. 9171 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9172 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9173 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9174 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9175 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9176 } 9177 9178 } 9179 9180 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9181 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9182 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9183 int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read; 9184 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9185 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9186 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9187 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9188 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9189 } else { 9190 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9191 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9192 } 9193 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9194 var->addAttr( 9195 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9196 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9197 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9198 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9199 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9200 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9201 9202 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9203 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9204 // attribute. 9205 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9206 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9207 CurInitSegLoc)); 9208 } 9209 9210 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9211 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9212 9213 QualType type = var->getType(); 9214 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9215 9216 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9217 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9218 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9219 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9220 9221 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9222 // constructing this copy. 9223 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9224 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9225 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9226 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9227 ExprResult result 9228 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9229 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9230 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9231 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9232 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9233 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9234 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9235 } 9236 } 9237 } 9238 9239 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9240 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9241 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9242 9243 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9244 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9245 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9246 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9247 var->getLocation())) { 9248 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9249 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9250 // warned about them. 9251 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9252 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9253 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9254 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9255 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9256 } 9257 9258 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9259 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9260 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9261 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9262 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9263 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9264 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9265 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9266 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9267 Notes.clear(); 9268 } 9269 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9270 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9271 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9272 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9273 } 9274 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9275 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9276 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9277 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9278 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9279 } 9280 } 9281 9282 // Require the destructor. 9283 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9284 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9285 } 9286 9287 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9288 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9289 void 9290 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9291 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9292 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9293 9294 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9295 if (!VD) 9296 return; 9297 9298 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9299 9300 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9301 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9302 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9303 dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9304 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9305 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9306 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9307 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9308 } 9309 } 9310 } 9311 9312 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9313 if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 9314 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9315 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9316 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9317 // with a warning. 9318 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9319 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9320 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9321 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9322 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9323 9324 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9325 IsClassTemplateMember 9326 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9327 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9328 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9329 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9330 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9331 } 9332 } 9333 9334 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9335 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9336 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9337 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9338 } 9339 } 9340 9341 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9342 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9343 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9344 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9345 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9346 << VD->getDeclName(); 9347 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9348 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9349 } 9350 } 9351 } 9352 9353 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9354 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9355 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9356 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9357 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9358 9359 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9360 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9361 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9362 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9363 9364 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9365 // tag values. 9366 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9367 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9368 return; 9369 9370 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9371 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9372 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9373 continue; 9374 } 9375 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9376 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9377 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9378 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9379 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9380 continue; 9381 } 9382 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9383 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9384 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9385 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9386 continue; 9387 } 9388 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9389 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9390 MagicValue, 9391 I->getMatchingCType(), 9392 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9393 I->getMustBeNull()); 9394 } 9395 } 9396 9397 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9398 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9399 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9400 9401 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9402 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9403 9404 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9405 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9406 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9407 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9408 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9409 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9410 Decls.push_back(D); 9411 } 9412 9413 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9414 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9415 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9416 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9417 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9418 } 9419 } 9420 9421 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9422 } 9423 9424 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9425 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9426 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9427 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9428 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9429 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9430 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9431 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9432 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9433 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9434 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9435 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9436 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9437 QualType Deduced; 9438 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9439 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9440 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9441 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9442 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9443 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9444 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9445 break; 9446 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9447 if (!U.isNull()) { 9448 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9449 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9450 Deduced = U; 9451 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9452 DeducedDecl = D; 9453 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9454 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9455 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9456 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9457 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9458 << U << D->getDeclName() 9459 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9460 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9461 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9462 break; 9463 } 9464 } 9465 } 9466 } 9467 } 9468 9469 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9470 9471 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9472 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9473 } 9474 9475 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9476 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9477 } 9478 9479 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9480 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9481 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9482 return; 9483 9484 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9485 return; 9486 9487 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9488 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9489 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9490 // additional declaration references: 9491 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9492 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9493 // 'struct S *pS;' 9494 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9495 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9496 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9497 Group = Group.slice(1); 9498 } 9499 } 9500 9501 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9502 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9503 if (!Comments.empty() && 9504 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9505 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9506 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9507 // 9508 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9509 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9510 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9511 // ahead through comments. 9512 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9513 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9514 } 9515 } 9516 9517 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9518 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9519 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9520 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9521 9522 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9523 9524 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9525 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9526 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9527 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9528 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9529 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9530 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9531 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9532 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9533 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9534 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9535 } 9536 9537 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9538 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9539 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9540 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9541 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9542 << 0; 9543 9544 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9545 9546 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9547 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9548 9549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9550 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9551 // parameter. 9552 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9553 9554 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9555 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9556 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9557 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9558 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9559 } 9560 } 9561 9562 // Ensure we have a valid name 9563 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9564 if (D.hasName()) { 9565 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9566 if (!II) { 9567 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9568 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9569 D.setInvalidType(true); 9570 } 9571 } 9572 9573 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9574 if (II) { 9575 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9576 ForRedeclaration); 9577 LookupName(R, S); 9578 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9579 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9580 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9581 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9582 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9583 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9584 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9585 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9586 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9587 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9588 9589 // Recover by removing the name 9590 II = nullptr; 9591 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9592 D.setInvalidType(true); 9593 } 9594 } 9595 } 9596 9597 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9598 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9599 // looking like class members in C++. 9600 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9601 D.getLocStart(), 9602 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9603 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9604 StorageClass); 9605 9606 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9607 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9608 9609 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9610 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9611 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9612 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9613 9614 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9615 S->AddDecl(New); 9616 if (II) 9617 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9618 9619 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9620 9621 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9623 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9624 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9625 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9626 9627 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9629 } 9630 return New; 9631 } 9632 9633 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9634 /// typedef. 9635 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9636 SourceLocation Loc, 9637 QualType T) { 9638 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9639 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9640 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9641 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9642 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9643 SC_None, nullptr); 9644 Param->setImplicit(); 9645 return Param; 9646 } 9647 9648 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9649 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9650 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9651 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9652 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9653 return; 9654 9655 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9656 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9657 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9658 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9659 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9660 } 9661 } 9662 } 9663 9664 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9665 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9666 QualType ReturnTy, 9667 NamedDecl *D) { 9668 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9669 return; 9670 9671 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9672 // threshold. 9673 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9674 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9675 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9676 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9677 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9678 } 9679 9680 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9681 // threshold. 9682 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9683 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9684 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9685 continue; 9686 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9687 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9688 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9689 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9690 } 9691 } 9692 9693 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9694 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9695 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9696 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9697 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9698 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9699 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9700 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9701 9702 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9703 9704 // Special cases for arrays: 9705 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9706 // - otherwise, it's an error 9707 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9708 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9709 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9710 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9711 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9712 } 9713 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9714 } else { 9715 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9716 } 9717 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9718 } 9719 9720 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9721 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9722 TSInfo, 9723 StorageClass, nullptr); 9724 9725 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9726 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9727 // the class has been completely parsed. 9728 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9729 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9730 AbstractParamType)) 9731 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9732 9733 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9734 // passed by reference. 9735 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9736 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9737 Diag(NameLoc, 9738 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9739 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9740 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9741 New->setType(T); 9742 } 9743 9744 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9745 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9746 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9747 // an address space. 9748 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9749 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9750 // to be qualified with an address space. 9751 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9752 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9753 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9754 } 9755 } 9756 9757 return New; 9758 } 9759 9760 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9761 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9762 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9763 9764 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9765 // for a K&R function. 9766 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9767 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9768 --i; 9769 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 9770 SmallString<256> Code; 9771 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9772 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9773 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9774 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9775 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9776 9777 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9778 // type. 9779 AttributeFactory attrs; 9780 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9781 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9782 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9783 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9784 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9785 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9786 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9787 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9788 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9789 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9790 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9791 } 9792 } 9793 } 9794 } 9795 9796 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9797 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 9798 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9799 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9800 9801 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9802 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9803 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9804 } 9805 9806 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 9807 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 9808 } 9809 9810 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9811 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9812 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9813 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9814 return false; 9815 9816 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9817 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9818 return false; 9819 9820 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9821 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9822 return false; 9823 9824 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9825 if (FD->isMain()) 9826 return false; 9827 9828 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9829 if (FD->isInlined()) 9830 return false; 9831 9832 // Don't warn about function templates. 9833 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9834 return false; 9835 9836 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9837 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9838 return false; 9839 9840 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9841 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9842 return false; 9843 9844 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9845 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9846 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9847 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9848 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9849 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9850 continue; 9851 9852 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9853 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9854 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9855 break; 9856 } 9857 9858 return MissingPrototype; 9859 } 9860 9861 void 9862 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9863 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9864 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9865 // was an extern inline function. 9866 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9867 if (!Definition) 9868 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9869 return; 9870 9871 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9872 return; 9873 9874 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9875 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9876 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9877 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9878 else 9879 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9880 9881 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9882 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9883 } 9884 9885 9886 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9887 Sema &S) { 9888 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9889 9890 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9891 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9892 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9893 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9894 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9895 9896 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9897 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9898 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9899 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9900 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9901 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9902 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9903 9904 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9905 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9906 9907 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9908 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9909 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9910 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9911 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9912 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9913 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9914 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9915 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9916 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9917 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9918 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9919 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9920 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9921 9922 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9923 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9924 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9925 } 9926 } 9927 } 9928 9929 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9930 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9931 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9932 9933 if (!D) 9934 return D; 9935 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 9936 9937 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9938 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9939 else 9940 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9941 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9942 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9943 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9944 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9945 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9946 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9947 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9948 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9949 // have the LSI properly restored. 9950 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9951 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9952 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9953 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9954 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9955 } 9956 else 9957 // Enter a new function scope 9958 PushFunctionScope(); 9959 9960 // See if this is a redefinition. 9961 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9962 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9963 9964 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9965 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9966 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9967 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9968 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9969 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9970 } 9971 } 9972 9973 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9974 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9975 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9976 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9977 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9978 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9979 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9980 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9981 9982 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9983 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9984 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9985 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9986 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9987 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 9988 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9989 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9990 9991 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9992 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9993 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9994 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9995 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9996 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9997 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9998 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9999 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10000 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10001 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10002 } 10003 } 10004 } 10005 10006 if (FnBodyScope) 10007 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10008 10009 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10010 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10011 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10012 10013 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10014 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10015 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10016 10017 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10018 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10019 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10020 10021 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10022 } 10023 } 10024 10025 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10026 // introduce them into the function scope. 10027 if (FnBodyScope) { 10028 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10029 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10030 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10031 I != E; ++I) { 10032 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10033 10034 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10035 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10036 // and reattach to the current context. 10037 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10038 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10039 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10040 if (DI == D) { 10041 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10042 break; 10043 } 10044 } 10045 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10046 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10047 } 10048 10049 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10050 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10051 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10052 10053 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10054 // accessible in this scope. 10055 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10056 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10057 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10058 } 10059 } 10060 } 10061 10062 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10063 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10064 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10065 10066 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10067 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10068 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10069 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10070 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10071 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10072 return D; 10073 } 10074 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10075 // a function template). 10076 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10077 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10078 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10079 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10080 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10081 10082 return D; 10083 } 10084 10085 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10086 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10087 /// optimization. 10088 /// 10089 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10090 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10091 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10092 /// use the named return value optimization. 10093 /// 10094 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10095 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10096 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10097 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10098 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10099 10100 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10101 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10102 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10103 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10104 } 10105 } 10106 } 10107 10108 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10109 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10110 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10111 return false; 10112 10113 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10114 // return type (yet). 10115 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10116 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10117 // we can still delay parsing it. 10118 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10119 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10120 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10121 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10122 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10123 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10124 } 10125 } 10126 return false; 10127 } 10128 10129 return true; 10130 } 10131 10132 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10133 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10134 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10135 // rest of the file. 10136 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10137 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10138 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10139 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10140 return false; 10141 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10142 } 10143 10144 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10145 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10146 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10147 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10148 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10149 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10150 } 10151 10152 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10153 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10154 } 10155 10156 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10157 bool IsInstantiation) { 10158 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10159 10160 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10161 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10162 10163 if (FD) { 10164 FD->setBody(Body); 10165 10166 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10167 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10168 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10169 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10170 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10171 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10172 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10173 << FD->getReturnType(); 10174 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10175 } else { 10176 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10177 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 10178 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 10179 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10180 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10181 } 10182 } 10183 10184 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10185 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10186 // is the first declaration. 10187 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10188 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10189 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10190 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10191 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10192 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10193 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10194 } 10195 10196 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10197 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10198 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10199 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10200 10201 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10202 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10203 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10204 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10205 10206 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10207 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10208 if (Body) 10209 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10210 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10211 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10212 10213 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10214 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10215 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10216 10217 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10218 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10219 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10221 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10222 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10223 } 10224 10225 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10226 "Function parsing confused"); 10227 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10228 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10229 MD->setBody(Body); 10230 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10231 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10232 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10233 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10234 10235 if (Body) 10236 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10237 } 10238 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10239 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10240 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10241 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10242 } 10243 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10244 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10245 bool isDesignated = 10246 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10247 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10248 (void)isDesignated; 10249 10250 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10251 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10252 if (!IFace) 10253 return false; 10254 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10255 if (!SuperD) 10256 return false; 10257 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10258 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10259 }; 10260 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10261 // of NSObject. 10262 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10263 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10264 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10265 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10266 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10267 } 10268 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10269 } 10270 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10271 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10272 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10273 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10274 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10275 } 10276 } else { 10277 return nullptr; 10278 } 10279 10280 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10281 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10282 "handled in the block above."); 10283 10284 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10285 if (Body) { 10286 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10287 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10288 // Verify this. 10289 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10290 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10291 10292 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10293 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10294 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10295 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10296 10297 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10298 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10299 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10300 10301 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10302 Destructor->getParent()); 10303 } 10304 10305 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10306 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10307 // deletion in some later function. 10308 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10309 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10310 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10311 } 10312 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10313 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10314 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10315 // enabled. 10316 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10317 } 10318 10319 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10320 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10321 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10322 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10323 10324 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10325 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10326 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10327 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10328 } 10329 10330 if (!IsInstantiation) 10331 PopDeclContext(); 10332 10333 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10334 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10335 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10336 // deletion in some later function. 10337 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10338 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10339 } 10340 10341 return dcl; 10342 } 10343 10344 10345 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10346 /// relevant Decl. 10347 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10348 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10349 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10350 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10351 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10352 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10353 10354 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10355 if (Method->isStatic()) 10356 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10357 } 10358 10359 10360 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10361 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10362 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10363 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10364 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10365 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10366 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10367 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10368 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10369 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10370 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10371 return ExternCPrev; 10372 } 10373 10374 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10375 unsigned diag_id; 10376 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10377 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10378 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10379 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10380 else 10381 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10382 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10383 10384 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10385 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10386 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10387 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10388 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10389 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10390 LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator, 10391 CTK_NonError))) 10392 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10393 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10394 } 10395 10396 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10397 const char *Dummy; 10398 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10399 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10400 unsigned DiagID; 10401 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10402 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10403 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10404 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10405 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10406 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10407 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10408 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10409 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10410 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10411 /*NumParams=*/0, 10412 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10413 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10414 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10415 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10416 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10417 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10418 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10419 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10420 EST_None, 10421 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10422 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10423 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10424 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10425 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10426 Loc, Loc, D), 10427 DS.getAttributes(), 10428 SourceLocation()); 10429 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10430 10431 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10432 10433 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10434 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10435 10436 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10437 FD->setImplicit(); 10438 10439 CurContext = PrevDC; 10440 10441 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10442 10443 return FD; 10444 } 10445 10446 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10447 /// the declaration of this function. 10448 /// 10449 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10450 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10451 /// like NSLog or printf. 10452 /// 10453 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10454 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10455 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10456 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10457 return; 10458 10459 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10460 // actual attributes. 10461 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10462 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10463 unsigned FormatIdx; 10464 bool HasVAListArg; 10465 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10466 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10467 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10468 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10469 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10470 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10471 fmt = "NSString"; 10472 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10473 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10474 FormatIdx+1, 10475 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10476 FD->getLocation())); 10477 } 10478 } 10479 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10480 HasVAListArg)) { 10481 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10482 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10483 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10484 FormatIdx+1, 10485 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10486 FD->getLocation())); 10487 } 10488 10489 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10490 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10491 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10492 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10493 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10494 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10495 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10496 } 10497 10498 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10499 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10500 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10501 FD->getLocation())); 10502 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10503 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10504 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10505 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10506 } 10507 10508 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10509 if (!Name) 10510 return; 10511 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10512 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10513 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10514 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10515 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10516 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10517 // about. 10518 } else 10519 return; 10520 10521 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10522 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10523 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10524 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10525 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10526 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10527 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10528 FD->getLocation())); 10529 } 10530 10531 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10532 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10533 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10534 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10535 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10536 FD->getLocation())); 10537 } 10538 } 10539 10540 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10541 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10542 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10543 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10544 10545 if (!TInfo) { 10546 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10547 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10548 } 10549 10550 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10551 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10552 D.getLocStart(), 10553 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10554 D.getIdentifier(), 10555 TInfo); 10556 10557 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10558 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10559 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10560 return NewTD; 10561 } 10562 10563 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10564 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10565 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10566 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10567 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10568 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10569 else 10570 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10571 } 10572 10573 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10574 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10575 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10576 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10577 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10578 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10579 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10580 case TST_enum: 10581 case TST_struct: 10582 case TST_interface: 10583 case TST_union: 10584 case TST_class: { 10585 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10586 10587 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10588 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10589 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10590 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10591 10592 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10593 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10594 10595 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10596 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10597 break; 10598 10599 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10600 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10601 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10602 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10603 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10604 // for how to handle it. 10605 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10606 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10607 10608 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10609 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10610 10611 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10612 textToInsert += ' '; 10613 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10614 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10615 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10616 break; 10617 } 10618 10619 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10620 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10621 break; 10622 } 10623 10624 default: 10625 break; 10626 } 10627 10628 return NewTD; 10629 } 10630 10631 10632 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10633 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10634 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10635 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10636 10637 if (T->isDependentType()) 10638 return false; 10639 10640 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10641 if (BT->isInteger()) 10642 return false; 10643 10644 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10645 return true; 10646 } 10647 10648 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10649 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10650 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10651 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10652 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10653 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10654 10655 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10656 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10657 << Prev->isScoped(); 10658 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10659 return true; 10660 } 10661 10662 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10663 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10664 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10665 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10666 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10667 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10668 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10669 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10670 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10671 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10672 return true; 10673 } 10674 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10675 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10676 << Prev->isFixed(); 10677 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10678 return true; 10679 } 10680 10681 return false; 10682 } 10683 10684 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10685 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10686 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10687 /// 10688 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10689 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10690 switch (Tag) { 10691 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10692 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10693 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10694 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10695 } 10696 } 10697 10698 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10699 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10700 /// 10701 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10702 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10703 { 10704 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10705 } 10706 10707 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10708 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10709 /// 10710 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10711 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10712 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10713 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10714 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10715 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10716 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10717 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10718 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10719 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10720 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10721 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10722 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10723 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10724 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10725 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10726 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10727 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10728 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10729 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10730 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10731 return true; 10732 10733 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10734 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10735 bool isTemplate = false; 10736 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10737 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10738 10739 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10740 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10741 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10742 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10743 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10744 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10745 return true; 10746 } 10747 10748 if (isDefinition) { 10749 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10750 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10751 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10752 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10753 return true; 10754 } 10755 10756 bool previousMismatch = false; 10757 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10758 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10759 if (!previousMismatch) { 10760 previousMismatch = true; 10761 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10762 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10763 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10764 } 10765 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10766 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10767 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10768 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10769 } 10770 } 10771 return true; 10772 } 10773 10774 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10775 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10776 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10777 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10778 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10779 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10780 return true; 10781 } 10782 10783 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10784 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10785 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10786 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10787 10788 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10789 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10790 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10791 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10792 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10793 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10794 } 10795 10796 return true; 10797 } 10798 return false; 10799 } 10800 10801 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 10802 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 10803 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 10804 /// namespace N { 10805 /// struct X; 10806 /// namespace M { 10807 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 10808 /// } 10809 /// } 10810 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 10811 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10812 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 10813 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 10814 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 10815 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 10816 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10817 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 10818 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 10819 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 10820 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 10821 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 10822 return FixItHint(); 10823 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 10824 Namespaces.push_back(II); 10825 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 10826 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 10827 if (Lookup == Namespace) 10828 break; 10829 } 10830 10831 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 10832 // build an NNS. 10833 SmallString<64> Insertion; 10834 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 10835 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 10836 OS << "::"; 10837 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 10838 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 10839 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 10840 OS.flush(); 10841 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 10842 } 10843 10844 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10845 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10846 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10847 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10848 /// 10849 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10850 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10851 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10852 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10853 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10854 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10855 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10856 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10857 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10858 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10859 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10860 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10861 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10862 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10863 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10864 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10865 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10866 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10867 10868 OwnedDecl = false; 10869 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10870 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10871 10872 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10873 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10874 bool Invalid = false; 10875 10876 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10877 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10878 // for non-C++ cases. 10879 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10880 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10881 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10882 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10883 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 10884 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10885 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10886 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10887 return nullptr; 10888 } 10889 10890 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10891 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10892 // be a member of another template). 10893 10894 if (Invalid) 10895 return nullptr; 10896 10897 OwnedDecl = false; 10898 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10899 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10900 TemplateParams, AS, 10901 ModulePrivateLoc, 10902 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 10903 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10904 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10905 return Result.get(); 10906 } else { 10907 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10908 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10909 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10910 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10911 } 10912 } 10913 } 10914 10915 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10916 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10917 // redeclaration. 10918 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10919 10920 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10921 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10922 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10923 // type, default to int. 10924 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10925 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10926 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10927 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10928 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 10929 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10930 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10931 10932 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10933 // Recover by falling back to int. 10934 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10935 10936 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10937 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10938 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10939 10940 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10941 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10942 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10943 } 10944 10945 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10946 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10947 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10948 10949 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10950 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10951 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10952 10953 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10954 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10955 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10956 10957 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10958 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10959 Name = nullptr; 10960 goto CreateNewDecl; 10961 } 10962 10963 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10964 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10965 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10966 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10967 if (!DC) { 10968 IsDependent = true; 10969 return nullptr; 10970 } 10971 } else { 10972 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10973 if (!DC) { 10974 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10975 << SS.getRange(); 10976 return nullptr; 10977 } 10978 } 10979 10980 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10981 return nullptr; 10982 10983 SearchDC = DC; 10984 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10985 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10986 10987 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10988 return nullptr; 10989 10990 if (Previous.empty()) { 10991 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10992 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10993 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10994 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10995 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10996 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10997 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10998 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10999 IsDependent = true; 11000 return nullptr; 11001 } 11002 11003 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11004 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11005 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11006 Name = nullptr; 11007 Invalid = true; 11008 goto CreateNewDecl; 11009 } 11010 } else if (Name) { 11011 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11012 // declaration or definition. 11013 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11014 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11015 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11016 LookupName(Previous, S); 11017 11018 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11019 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11020 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11021 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11022 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11023 while (F.hasNext()) { 11024 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11025 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11026 F.erase(); 11027 } 11028 F.done(); 11029 } 11030 11031 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11032 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11033 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11034 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11035 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11036 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11037 // 11038 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11039 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11040 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11041 // 11042 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11043 // semantic context? 11044 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11045 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11046 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11047 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11048 while (F.hasNext()) { 11049 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11050 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11051 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11052 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11053 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11054 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11055 else 11056 F.erase(); 11057 } 11058 } 11059 F.done(); 11060 11061 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11062 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11063 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11064 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11065 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11066 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11067 } 11068 } 11069 11070 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11071 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11072 return nullptr; 11073 11074 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11075 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11076 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11077 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11078 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11079 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11080 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11081 } 11082 } 11083 11084 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11085 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11086 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11087 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11088 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11089 Previous.clear(); 11090 } 11091 11092 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11093 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11094 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11095 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11096 11097 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11098 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11099 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11100 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11101 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11102 } 11103 } 11104 11105 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11106 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11107 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11108 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11109 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11110 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11111 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11112 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11113 11114 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11115 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11116 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11117 // 11118 // class-key identifier 11119 // 11120 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11121 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11122 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11123 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11124 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11125 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11126 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11127 // declaration. 11128 // 11129 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11130 // C structs and unions. 11131 // 11132 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11133 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11134 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11135 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11136 // 11137 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11138 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11139 // 11140 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11141 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11142 // lexical context, 11143 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11144 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11145 11146 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11147 while (S->isClassScope() || 11148 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11149 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11150 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11151 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11152 S = S->getParent(); 11153 } else { 11154 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11155 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11156 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11157 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11158 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11159 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11160 } 11161 11162 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11163 // diagnose some problems. 11164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11165 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11166 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11167 } 11168 } 11169 11170 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11171 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11172 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11173 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11174 11175 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11176 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11177 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11178 // in C++. 11179 // 11180 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11181 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11182 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11183 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11184 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11185 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11186 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11187 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11188 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11189 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11190 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11191 PrevDecl = Tag; 11192 Previous.clear(); 11193 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11194 Previous.resolveKind(); 11195 } 11196 } 11197 } 11198 } 11199 11200 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11201 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11202 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11203 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11204 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11205 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11206 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11207 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11208 // struct or something similar. 11209 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11210 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11211 *Name)) { 11212 bool SafeToContinue 11213 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11214 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11215 if (SafeToContinue) 11216 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11217 << Name 11218 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11219 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11220 else 11221 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11222 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11223 11224 if (SafeToContinue) 11225 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11226 else { 11227 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11228 Name = nullptr; 11229 Previous.clear(); 11230 Invalid = true; 11231 } 11232 } 11233 11234 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11235 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11236 11237 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11238 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11239 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11240 if (ScopedEnum) 11241 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11242 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11243 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11244 return PrevTagDecl; 11245 } 11246 11247 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11248 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11249 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11250 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11251 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11252 11253 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11254 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11255 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11256 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11257 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11258 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11259 } 11260 11261 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11262 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11263 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11264 // and then later defined. 11265 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11266 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11267 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11268 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11269 } 11270 11271 if (!Invalid) { 11272 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11273 // we have attributes. 11274 11275 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11276 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11277 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11278 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11279 if (!Attr && 11280 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11281 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11282 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11283 return PrevTagDecl; 11284 11285 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11286 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11287 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11288 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11289 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11290 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11291 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11292 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11293 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11294 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11295 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11296 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11297 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11298 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11299 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11300 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11301 } 11302 11303 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11304 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11305 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11306 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11307 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11308 else 11309 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11310 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11311 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11312 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11313 // references get the previous definition. 11314 Name = nullptr; 11315 Previous.clear(); 11316 Invalid = true; 11317 } 11318 } else { 11319 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11320 // about a nested redefinition. 11321 const TagType *Tag 11322 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11323 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11324 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11325 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11326 diag::note_previous_definition); 11327 Name = nullptr; 11328 Previous.clear(); 11329 Invalid = true; 11330 } 11331 } 11332 11333 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11334 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11335 } 11336 11337 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11338 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11339 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11340 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11341 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11342 AS = AS_none; 11343 } 11344 } 11345 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11346 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11347 11348 } else { 11349 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11350 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11351 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11352 // have distinct types. 11353 Previous.clear(); 11354 } 11355 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11356 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11357 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11358 11359 11360 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11361 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11362 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11363 } else { 11364 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11365 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11366 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11367 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11368 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11369 unsigned Kind = 0; 11370 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11371 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11372 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11373 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11374 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11375 Invalid = true; 11376 11377 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11378 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11379 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11380 // do nothing 11381 11382 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11383 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11384 unsigned Kind = 0; 11385 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11386 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11387 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11388 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11389 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11390 Invalid = true; 11391 11392 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11393 // case here. 11394 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11395 unsigned Kind = 0; 11396 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11397 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11398 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11399 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11400 Invalid = true; 11401 11402 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11403 } else { 11404 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11405 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11406 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11407 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11408 Name = nullptr; 11409 Invalid = true; 11410 } 11411 11412 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11413 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11414 Previous.clear(); 11415 } 11416 } 11417 11418 CreateNewDecl: 11419 11420 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11421 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11422 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11423 11424 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11425 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11426 // keyword. 11427 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11428 11429 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11430 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11431 // PrevDecl. 11432 TagDecl *New; 11433 11434 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11435 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11436 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11437 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11438 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11439 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11440 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11441 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11442 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11443 TagDecl *Def; 11444 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11445 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11446 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11447 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11448 } 11449 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11450 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11451 << New; 11452 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11453 } else { 11454 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11455 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11456 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11457 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11458 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11459 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11460 11461 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11462 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11463 // the declaration context. 11464 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11465 IsForwardReference = true; 11466 } 11467 } 11468 11469 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11470 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11471 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11472 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11473 else 11474 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11475 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11476 } 11477 11478 } else { 11479 // struct/union/class 11480 11481 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11482 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11484 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11485 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11486 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11487 11488 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11489 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11490 } else 11491 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11492 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11493 } 11494 11495 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11496 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11497 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11498 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11499 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11500 Invalid = true; 11501 } 11502 11503 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11504 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11505 if (SS.isSet()) { 11506 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11507 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11508 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11509 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11510 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11511 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11512 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11513 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11514 Invalid = true; 11515 11516 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11517 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11518 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11519 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11520 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11521 } 11522 } 11523 else 11524 Invalid = true; 11525 } 11526 11527 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11528 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11529 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11530 // 11531 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11532 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11533 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11534 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11535 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11536 // parsing of the struct). 11537 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11538 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11539 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11540 } 11541 } 11542 11543 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11544 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11545 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11546 << 2 11547 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11548 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11549 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11550 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11551 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11552 New->setModulePrivate(); 11553 } 11554 11555 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11556 // check the specialization. 11557 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11558 Invalid = true; 11559 11560 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11561 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11562 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11563 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11564 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11565 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11566 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11567 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11568 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11569 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11570 << Name; 11571 Invalid = true; 11572 } 11573 } else { 11574 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11575 } 11576 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11577 } 11578 11579 if (Invalid) 11580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11581 11582 if (Attr) 11583 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11584 11585 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11586 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11587 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11588 11589 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11590 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11591 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11592 // the tag name visible. 11593 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11594 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11595 11596 // Set the access specifier. 11597 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11598 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11599 11600 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11601 New->startDefinition(); 11602 11603 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11604 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11605 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11606 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11607 if (PrevDecl) 11608 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11609 11610 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11611 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11612 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11613 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11614 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11615 } else if (Name) { 11616 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11617 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11618 if (IsForwardReference) 11619 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11620 11621 } else { 11622 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11623 } 11624 11625 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11626 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11627 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11628 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11629 II->isStr("FILE")) 11630 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11631 11632 if (PrevDecl) 11633 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11634 11635 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11636 // record. 11637 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11638 11639 OwnedDecl = true; 11640 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11641 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11642 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11643 } 11644 11645 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11646 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11647 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11648 11649 // Enter the tag context. 11650 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11651 11652 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11653 11654 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11655 // record. 11656 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11657 } 11658 11659 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11660 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11661 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11662 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11663 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11664 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11665 CurContext = OCD; 11666 return IDecl; 11667 } 11668 11669 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11670 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11671 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11672 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11673 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11674 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11675 11676 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11677 11678 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11679 return; 11680 11681 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11682 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11683 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11684 11685 // C++ [class]p2: 11686 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11687 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11688 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11689 // as if it were a public member name. 11690 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11691 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11692 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11693 Record->getIdentifier(), 11694 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11695 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11696 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11697 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11698 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11699 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11700 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11701 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11702 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11703 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11704 } 11705 11706 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11707 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11708 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11709 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11710 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11711 11712 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11713 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11714 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11715 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11716 RD->completeDefinition(); 11717 } 11718 11719 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11720 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11721 11722 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11723 PopDeclContext(); 11724 11725 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11726 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11727 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11728 11729 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11730 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11731 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11732 } 11733 11734 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11735 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11736 PopDeclContext(); 11737 } 11738 11739 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11740 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11741 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11742 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11743 } 11744 11745 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11746 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11747 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11748 } 11749 11750 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11751 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11752 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11753 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11754 11755 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11756 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11757 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11758 RD->completeDefinition(); 11759 } 11760 11761 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11762 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11763 // the FieldCollector. 11764 11765 PopDeclContext(); 11766 } 11767 11768 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11769 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11770 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11771 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11772 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11773 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11774 if (ZeroWidth) 11775 *ZeroWidth = true; 11776 11777 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11778 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11779 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11780 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11781 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11782 return ExprError(); 11783 if (FieldName) 11784 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11785 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11786 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11787 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11788 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11789 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11790 return ExprError(); 11791 11792 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11793 // it now. 11794 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11795 return BitWidth; 11796 11797 llvm::APSInt Value; 11798 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11799 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11800 return ICE; 11801 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 11802 11803 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11804 *ZeroWidth = false; 11805 11806 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11807 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11808 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11809 11810 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11811 if (FieldName) 11812 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11813 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11814 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11815 << Value.toString(10); 11816 } 11817 11818 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11819 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11820 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11821 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11822 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11823 if (FieldName) 11824 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11825 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11826 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11827 11828 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11829 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11830 } 11831 11832 if (FieldName) 11833 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11834 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11835 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11836 else 11837 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11838 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11839 } 11840 } 11841 11842 return BitWidth; 11843 } 11844 11845 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11846 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11847 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11848 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11849 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11850 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11851 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11852 return Res; 11853 } 11854 11855 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11856 /// 11857 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11858 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11859 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11860 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11861 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11862 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11863 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11864 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11865 11866 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11867 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11869 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11870 11871 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11872 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11873 D.setInvalidType(); 11874 T = Context.IntTy; 11875 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11876 } 11877 } 11878 11879 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11880 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11881 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11882 D.setInvalidType(); 11883 } 11884 11885 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11886 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11887 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11889 D.setInvalidType(); 11890 } 11891 11892 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11893 11894 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11895 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11896 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11897 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11898 11899 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11900 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11901 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11902 LookupName(Previous, S); 11903 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11904 case LookupResult::Found: 11905 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11906 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11907 break; 11908 11909 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11910 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11911 break; 11912 11913 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11914 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11915 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11916 break; 11917 } 11918 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11919 11920 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11921 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11922 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11923 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11924 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11925 } 11926 11927 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11928 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11929 11930 bool Mutable 11931 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11932 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11933 FieldDecl *NewFD 11934 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11935 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11936 11937 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11938 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11939 11940 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11941 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11942 11943 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11944 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11945 // with the same name in the same scope. 11946 } else if (II) { 11947 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11948 } else 11949 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11950 11951 return NewFD; 11952 } 11953 11954 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11955 /// 11956 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11957 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11958 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11959 /// created. 11960 /// 11961 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11962 /// 11963 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11964 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11965 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11966 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11967 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11968 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11969 SourceLocation TSSL, 11970 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11971 Declarator *D) { 11972 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11973 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11974 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11975 11976 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11977 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11978 if (T.isNull()) { 11979 InvalidDecl = true; 11980 T = Context.IntTy; 11981 } 11982 11983 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11984 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11985 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11986 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11987 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11988 InvalidDecl = true; 11989 } else { 11990 NamedDecl *Def; 11991 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11992 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11993 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11994 InvalidDecl = true; 11995 } 11996 } 11997 } 11998 11999 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12000 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12002 InvalidDecl = true; 12003 } 12004 12005 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12006 // than a variably modified type. 12007 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12008 bool SizeIsNegative; 12009 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12010 12011 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12012 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12013 SizeIsNegative, 12014 Oversized); 12015 if (FixedTInfo) { 12016 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12017 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12018 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12019 } else { 12020 if (SizeIsNegative) 12021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12022 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12023 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12024 << Oversized.toString(10); 12025 else 12026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12027 InvalidDecl = true; 12028 } 12029 } 12030 12031 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12032 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12033 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12034 AbstractFieldType)) 12035 InvalidDecl = true; 12036 12037 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12038 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12039 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12040 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12041 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12042 if (!BitWidth) { 12043 InvalidDecl = true; 12044 BitWidth = nullptr; 12045 ZeroWidth = false; 12046 } 12047 } 12048 12049 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12050 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12051 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12052 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12053 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12054 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12055 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12056 12057 if (DiagID) { 12058 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12059 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12060 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12061 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12062 Mutable = false; 12063 InvalidDecl = true; 12064 } 12065 } 12066 12067 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12068 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12069 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12070 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12071 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12072 12073 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12074 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12075 if (InvalidDecl) 12076 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12077 12078 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12079 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12080 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12081 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12082 } 12083 12084 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12085 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12086 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12087 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12088 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12089 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12090 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12091 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12092 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12093 // objects. 12094 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12095 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12096 } 12097 } 12098 12099 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12100 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12101 // enabled. 12102 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12103 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12104 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12105 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12106 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12107 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12108 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12109 } 12110 } 12111 } 12112 12113 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12114 // representation, not a parser representation. 12115 if (D) { 12116 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12117 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12118 12119 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12120 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12121 } 12122 12123 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12124 // retainable type. 12125 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12126 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12127 12128 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12129 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12130 12131 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12132 return NewFD; 12133 } 12134 12135 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12136 assert(FD); 12137 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12138 12139 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12140 return false; 12141 12142 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12143 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12144 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12145 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12146 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12147 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12148 // copy constructors. 12149 12150 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12151 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12152 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12153 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12154 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12155 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12156 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12157 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12158 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12159 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12160 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12161 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12162 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12163 member = CXXDestructor; 12164 12165 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12166 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12167 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12168 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12169 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12170 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12171 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12172 // members unavailable. 12173 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12174 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12175 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12176 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12177 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12178 Loc)); 12179 return false; 12180 } 12181 } 12182 12183 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12184 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12185 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12186 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12187 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12188 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12189 } 12190 } 12191 } 12192 12193 return false; 12194 } 12195 12196 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12197 /// AST enum value. 12198 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12199 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12200 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12201 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12202 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12203 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12204 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12205 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12206 } 12207 } 12208 12209 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12210 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12211 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12212 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12213 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12214 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12215 12216 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12217 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12218 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12219 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12220 12221 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12222 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12223 12224 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12225 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12226 12227 if (BitWidth) { 12228 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12229 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12230 if (!BitWidth) 12231 D.setInvalidType(); 12232 } else { 12233 // Not a bitfield. 12234 12235 // validate II. 12236 12237 } 12238 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12239 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12240 D.setInvalidType(); 12241 } 12242 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12243 // than a variably modified type. 12244 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12245 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12246 D.setInvalidType(); 12247 } 12248 12249 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12250 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12251 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12252 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12253 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12254 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12255 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12256 return nullptr; 12257 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12258 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12259 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12260 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12261 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12262 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12263 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12264 } 12265 else 12266 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12267 } else { 12268 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12269 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12270 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12272 return nullptr; 12273 } 12274 } 12275 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12276 } 12277 12278 // Construct the decl. 12279 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12280 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12281 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12282 12283 if (II) { 12284 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12285 ForRedeclaration); 12286 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12287 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12288 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12289 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12290 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12291 } 12292 } 12293 12294 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12295 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12296 12297 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12298 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12299 12300 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12301 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12302 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12303 12304 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12305 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12306 12307 if (II) { 12308 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12309 // these to the interface. 12310 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12311 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12312 } 12313 12314 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12315 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12316 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12317 12318 return NewID; 12319 } 12320 12321 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12322 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12323 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12324 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12325 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12326 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12327 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12328 return; 12329 12330 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12331 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12332 12333 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12334 return; 12335 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12336 if (!ID) { 12337 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12338 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12339 return; 12340 } 12341 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12342 else 12343 return; 12344 } 12345 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12346 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12347 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12348 12349 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12350 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12351 Context.CharTy, 12352 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12353 DeclLoc), 12354 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12355 true); 12356 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12357 } 12358 12359 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12360 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12361 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12362 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12363 12364 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12365 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12366 // it will now change. 12367 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12368 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12369 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12370 default: break; 12371 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12372 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12373 break; 12374 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12375 Context. 12376 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12377 break; 12378 } 12379 } 12380 12381 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12382 12383 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12384 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12385 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12386 if (Record) { 12387 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12388 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12389 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12390 ++NumNamedMembers; 12391 } 12392 } 12393 12394 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12395 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12396 12397 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12398 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12399 i != end; ++i) { 12400 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12401 12402 // Get the type for the field. 12403 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12404 12405 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12406 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12407 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12408 } 12409 12410 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12411 // diagnostics about it. 12412 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12413 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12414 continue; 12415 } 12416 12417 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12418 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12419 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12420 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12421 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12422 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12423 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12424 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12425 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12426 // array. 12427 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12428 // Field declared as a function. 12429 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12430 << FD->getDeclName(); 12431 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12432 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12433 continue; 12434 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12435 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12436 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12437 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12438 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12439 // Flexible array member. 12440 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12441 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12442 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12443 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12444 if (Record->isUnion()) 12445 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12446 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12447 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12448 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12449 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12450 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12451 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12452 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12453 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12454 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12455 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12456 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12457 : 0; 12458 12459 if (DiagID) 12460 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12461 << Record->getTagKind(); 12462 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12463 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12464 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12465 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12466 // of the type. 12467 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12468 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12469 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12470 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12471 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12472 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12473 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12474 12475 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12476 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12477 // 12478 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12479 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12480 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12481 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12482 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12483 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12484 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12485 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12486 continue; 12487 } 12488 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12489 if (Record) 12490 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12491 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12492 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12493 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12494 // Incomplete type 12495 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12496 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12497 continue; 12498 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12499 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12500 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12501 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12502 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12503 } else { 12504 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12505 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12506 // structures. 12507 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12508 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12509 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12510 else { 12511 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12512 // other structs as an extension. 12513 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12514 << FD->getDeclName(); 12515 if (Record) 12516 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12517 } 12518 } 12519 } 12520 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12521 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12522 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12523 AbstractIvarType)) { 12524 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12525 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12526 } 12527 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12528 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12529 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12530 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12531 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12532 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12533 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12534 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12535 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12536 FD->setType(T); 12537 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12538 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12539 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12540 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12541 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12542 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12543 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12544 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12545 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12546 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12547 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12548 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12549 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12550 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12551 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12552 loc)); 12553 } 12554 } else { 12555 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12556 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12557 } 12558 ARCErrReported = true; 12559 } 12560 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12561 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12562 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12563 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12564 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12565 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12566 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12567 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12568 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12569 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12570 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12571 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12572 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12573 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12574 } 12575 } 12576 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12577 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12578 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12579 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12580 ++NumNamedMembers; 12581 } 12582 12583 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12584 if (Record) { 12585 bool Completed = false; 12586 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12587 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12588 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12589 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12590 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12591 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12592 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12593 12594 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12595 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12596 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12597 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12598 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12599 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12600 } 12601 12602 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12603 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12604 12605 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12606 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12607 // problem now. 12608 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12609 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12610 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12611 12612 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12613 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12614 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12615 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12616 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12617 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12618 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12619 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12620 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12621 continue; 12622 12623 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12624 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12625 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12626 // program is ill-formed. 12627 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12628 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12629 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12630 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12631 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12632 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12633 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12634 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12635 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12636 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12637 12638 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12639 } 12640 } 12641 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12642 Completed = true; 12643 } 12644 } 12645 } 12646 } 12647 12648 if (!Completed) 12649 Record->completeDefinition(); 12650 12651 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12652 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12653 12654 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12655 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12656 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12657 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12658 } 12659 12660 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12661 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12662 // compatibility problems. 12663 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12664 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12665 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12666 } else { 12667 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12668 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12669 CheckForZeroSize = 12670 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12671 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12672 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12673 } 12674 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12675 bool ZeroSize = true; 12676 bool IsEmpty = true; 12677 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12678 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12679 E = Record->field_end(); 12680 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12681 IsEmpty = false; 12682 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12683 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12684 ZeroSize = false; 12685 } else { 12686 ++NonBitFields; 12687 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12688 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12689 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12690 ZeroSize = false; 12691 } 12692 } 12693 12694 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12695 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12696 // extern "C" block. 12697 if (ZeroSize) { 12698 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12699 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12700 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12701 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12702 } 12703 12704 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12705 // but are accepted by GCC. 12706 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12707 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12708 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12709 << Record->isUnion(); 12710 } 12711 } 12712 } else { 12713 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12714 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12715 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12716 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12717 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12719 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12720 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12721 } 12722 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12723 // duplicates. 12724 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12725 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12726 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12727 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12728 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12729 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12730 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12731 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12732 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12733 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12734 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12735 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12736 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12737 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12738 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12739 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12740 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12741 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12742 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12743 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12744 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12745 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12746 if (IDecl) { 12747 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12748 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12749 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12750 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12751 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12752 continue; 12753 } 12754 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12755 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12756 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12757 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12758 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12759 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12760 continue; 12761 } 12762 } 12763 } 12764 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12765 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12766 } 12767 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12768 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12769 } 12770 } 12771 12772 if (Attr) 12773 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12774 } 12775 12776 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12777 /// the given type T. 12778 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12779 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12780 QualType T) { 12781 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12782 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12783 12784 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12785 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12786 --BitWidth; 12787 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12788 } 12789 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12790 } 12791 12792 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12793 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12794 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12795 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12796 // enum checking below. 12797 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12798 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12799 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12800 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12801 }; 12802 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12803 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12804 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12805 }; 12806 12807 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12808 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12809 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12810 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12811 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12812 return Types[I]; 12813 12814 return QualType(); 12815 } 12816 12817 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12818 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12819 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12820 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12821 Expr *Val) { 12822 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12823 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12824 QualType EltTy; 12825 12826 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12827 Val = nullptr; 12828 12829 if (Val) 12830 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 12831 12832 if (Val) { 12833 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12834 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12835 else { 12836 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12838 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12839 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12840 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12841 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12842 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12843 ExprResult Converted = 12844 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12845 CCEK_Enumerator); 12846 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12847 Val = nullptr; 12848 else 12849 Val = Converted.get(); 12850 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12851 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12852 &EnumVal).get())) { 12853 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12854 } else { 12855 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12856 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12857 12858 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12859 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12860 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12861 // expression checking. 12862 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12863 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12864 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12865 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12866 } else 12867 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12868 } else 12869 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12870 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12871 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12872 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12873 // is the type of its initializing value: 12874 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12875 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12876 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12877 } else { 12878 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12879 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12880 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12881 // representable as an int. 12882 12883 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12884 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12885 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12886 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12887 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12888 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12889 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12890 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12891 } 12892 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12893 } 12894 } 12895 } 12896 } 12897 12898 if (!Val) { 12899 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12900 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12901 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12902 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12903 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12904 // is the type of its initializing value: 12905 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12906 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12907 // 12908 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12909 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12910 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12911 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12912 } 12913 else { 12914 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12915 } 12916 } else { 12917 // Assign the last value + 1. 12918 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12919 ++EnumVal; 12920 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12921 12922 // Check for overflow on increment. 12923 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12924 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12925 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12926 // is the type of its initializing value: 12927 // 12928 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12929 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12930 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12931 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12932 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12933 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12934 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12935 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12936 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12937 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12938 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12939 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12940 ++EnumVal; 12941 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12942 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12943 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12944 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12945 << EltTy; 12946 else 12947 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12948 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12949 } else { 12950 EltTy = T; 12951 } 12952 12953 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12954 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12955 // value, then increment. 12956 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12957 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12958 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12959 ++EnumVal; 12960 12961 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12962 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12963 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12964 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12965 // integral type. 12966 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12967 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12968 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12969 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12970 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12971 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12972 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12973 } 12974 } 12975 } 12976 12977 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12978 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12979 // enumerator's type. 12980 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12981 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12982 } 12983 12984 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12985 Val, EnumVal); 12986 } 12987 12988 12989 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12990 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12991 AttributeList *Attr, 12992 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12993 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12994 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12995 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12996 12997 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12998 // we find one that is. 12999 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13000 13001 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13002 // scope. 13003 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13004 ForRedeclaration); 13005 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13006 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13007 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13008 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13009 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13010 } 13011 13012 if (PrevDecl) { 13013 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13014 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13015 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13016 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13017 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13018 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13019 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13020 else 13021 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13022 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13023 return nullptr; 13024 } 13025 } 13026 13027 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13028 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13029 // different from T: 13030 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13031 // enumerated type 13032 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13033 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13034 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13035 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13036 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13037 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13038 13039 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13040 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13041 13042 if (New) { 13043 // Process attributes. 13044 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13045 13046 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13047 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13048 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13049 } 13050 13051 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13052 13053 return New; 13054 } 13055 13056 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13057 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13058 // Element2 = Element1 13059 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13060 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13061 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13062 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13063 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13064 if (!InitExpr) 13065 return true; 13066 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13067 13068 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13069 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13070 return true; 13071 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13072 if (!IL) 13073 return true; 13074 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13075 return true; 13076 13077 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13078 } 13079 13080 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13081 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13082 if (!DRE) 13083 return true; 13084 13085 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13086 if (!EnumConstant) 13087 return true; 13088 13089 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13090 Enum) 13091 return true; 13092 13093 return false; 13094 } 13095 13096 struct DupKey { 13097 int64_t val; 13098 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13099 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13100 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13101 }; 13102 13103 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13104 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13105 false); 13106 } 13107 13108 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13109 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13110 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13111 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13112 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13113 } 13114 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13115 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13116 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13117 } 13118 }; 13119 13120 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13121 // a previous element has already been set to. 13122 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13123 EnumDecl *Enum, 13124 QualType EnumType) { 13125 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13126 return; 13127 // Avoid anonymous enums 13128 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13129 return; 13130 13131 // Only check for small enums. 13132 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13133 return; 13134 13135 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13136 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13137 13138 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13139 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13140 ValueToVectorMap; 13141 13142 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13143 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13144 13145 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13146 // an initialier. 13147 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13148 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13149 13150 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13151 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13152 if (!ECD) { 13153 return; 13154 } 13155 13156 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13157 continue; 13158 13159 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13160 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13161 13162 // First time encountering this value. 13163 if (Entry.isNull()) 13164 Entry = ECD; 13165 } 13166 13167 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13168 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13169 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13170 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13171 continue; 13172 13173 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13174 13175 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13176 if (Entry.isNull()) 13177 continue; 13178 13179 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13180 // Ensure constants are different. 13181 if (D == ECD) 13182 continue; 13183 13184 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13185 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13186 Vec->push_back(D); 13187 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13188 13189 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13190 Entry = Vec; 13191 13192 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13193 // diagnostics. 13194 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13195 continue; 13196 } 13197 13198 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13199 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13200 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13201 continue; 13202 13203 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13204 } 13205 13206 // Emit diagnostics. 13207 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13208 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13209 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13210 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13211 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13212 13213 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13214 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13215 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13216 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13217 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13218 ++I; 13219 13220 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13221 // the same value. 13222 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13223 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13224 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13225 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13226 delete Vec; 13227 } 13228 } 13229 13230 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13231 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13232 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13233 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13234 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13235 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13236 13237 if (Attr) 13238 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13239 13240 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13241 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13242 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13243 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13244 if (!ECD) continue; 13245 13246 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13247 } 13248 13249 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13250 return; 13251 } 13252 13253 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13254 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13255 // emit a warning. 13256 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13257 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13258 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13259 13260 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13261 // reverse the list. 13262 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13263 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13264 13265 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13266 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13267 13268 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13269 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13270 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13271 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13272 13273 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13274 13275 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13276 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13277 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13278 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13279 else 13280 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13281 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13282 13283 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13284 if (AllElementsInt) 13285 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13286 } 13287 13288 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13289 QualType BestType; 13290 unsigned BestWidth; 13291 13292 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13293 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13294 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13295 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13296 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13297 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13298 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13299 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13300 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13301 QualType BestPromotionType; 13302 13303 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13304 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13305 // enum definitions. 13306 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13307 Packed = true; 13308 13309 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13310 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13311 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13312 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13313 else 13314 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13315 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13316 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13317 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13318 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13319 } 13320 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13321 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13322 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13323 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13324 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13325 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13326 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13327 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13328 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13329 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13330 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13331 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13332 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13333 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13334 } else { 13335 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13336 13337 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13338 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13339 } else { 13340 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13341 13342 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13343 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13344 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13345 } 13346 } 13347 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13348 } else { 13349 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13350 // all of the enumerator values. 13351 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13352 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13353 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13354 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13355 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13356 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13357 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13358 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13359 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13360 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13361 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13362 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13363 BestPromotionType 13364 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13365 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13366 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13367 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13368 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13369 BestPromotionType 13370 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13371 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13372 } else { 13373 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13374 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13375 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13376 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13377 BestPromotionType 13378 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13379 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13380 } 13381 } 13382 13383 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13384 // the type of the enum if needed. 13385 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13386 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13387 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13388 13389 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13390 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13391 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13392 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13393 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13394 13395 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13396 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13397 13398 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13399 // the enum decl type. 13400 QualType NewTy; 13401 unsigned NewWidth; 13402 bool NewSign; 13403 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13404 !Enum->isFixed() && 13405 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13406 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13407 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13408 NewSign = true; 13409 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13410 // Already the right type! 13411 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13412 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13413 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13414 // enumeration. 13415 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13416 continue; 13417 } else { 13418 NewTy = BestType; 13419 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13420 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13421 } 13422 13423 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13424 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13425 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13426 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13427 13428 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13429 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13430 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13431 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13432 CK_IntegralCast, 13433 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13434 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13435 VK_RValue)); 13436 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13437 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13438 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13439 // enumeration. 13440 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13441 else 13442 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13443 } 13444 13445 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13446 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13447 13448 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13449 13450 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13451 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13452 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13453 } 13454 13455 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13456 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13457 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13458 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13459 13460 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13461 AsmString, StartLoc, 13462 EndLoc); 13463 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13464 return New; 13465 } 13466 13467 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13468 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13469 DeclContext *DC) { 13470 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13471 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13472 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13473 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13474 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13475 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13476 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13477 return; 13478 } 13479 break; 13480 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13481 break; 13482 } 13483 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13484 } 13485 13486 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13487 DC = DC->getParent(); 13488 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13489 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13490 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13491 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13492 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13493 << DC; 13494 } 13495 } 13496 13497 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13498 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13499 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13500 Module *Mod = 13501 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13502 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13503 if (!Mod) 13504 return true; 13505 13506 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13507 13508 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13509 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13510 // silently ignoring the import. 13511 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13512 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13513 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13514 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13515 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13516 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13517 13518 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13519 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13520 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13521 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13522 // We need the length to be consistent. 13523 if (!ModCheck) 13524 break; 13525 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13526 13527 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13528 } 13529 13530 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13531 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13532 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13533 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13534 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13535 return Import; 13536 } 13537 13538 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13539 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13540 13541 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13542 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13543 /*Complain=*/true); 13544 } 13545 13546 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13547 Module *Mod) { 13548 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13549 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13550 return; 13551 13552 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13553 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13554 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13555 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13556 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13557 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13558 13559 // Make the module visible. 13560 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13561 /*Complain=*/false); 13562 } 13563 13564 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13565 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13566 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13567 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13568 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13569 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13570 LookupOrdinaryName); 13571 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13572 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13573 13574 if (PrevDecl) 13575 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13576 else 13577 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13578 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13579 } 13580 13581 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13582 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13583 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13584 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13585 13586 if (PrevDecl) { 13587 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13588 } else { 13589 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13590 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13591 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13592 } 13593 } 13594 13595 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13596 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13597 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13598 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13599 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13600 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13601 LookupOrdinaryName); 13602 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13603 13604 if (PrevDecl) { 13605 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13606 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13607 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13608 } else { 13609 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13610 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13611 } 13612 } 13613 13614 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13615 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13616 } 13617 13618 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13619 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13620 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13621 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13622 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13623 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13624 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13625 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13626 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13627 if (R != AR_Available) 13628 return R; 13629 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13630 } 13631 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13632 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13633 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13634 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13635 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13636 } 13637 return D->getAvailability(); 13638 } 13639